and Binder and in respect of one Faith and Constancie in doctrine Shee is Holy by segregation from the sinnefull world by the inchoation of the grace of Christ and by imputation of his righteousnesse She is Catholique especially in the New Testament in respect of place the Elect may bee in any place in respect of men for it is gathered of all sorts of men and in respect of Time for it shall continue vnto all times euen till time bâ—â— no more Thus of the Doctrine concerning Christ and the Church The Vses follow The first Vse is for Confutation and that three waies Vses First in vaine doe the wicked enemies of the Church pride themselues in the greatnesse of Learning Power Meanes c. thinking to suppresse the being or glory of Christs Church on Earth for the stone that the Builders refused will proue the Head of the corner Secondly in vaine doe the Papists goe about to maintaine their ministeriall Head for the Church is neither without a Head nor many-Headed And it is absurd to excuse it that the Pope is but a Head vnder Christ for the body were monstrous that had two Heads one aboue and another vnder Thirdly in vaine doe carnall men pleade their hopes in Christ when they can yeeld no sound reason to prooue they are Christs Members They are not members of this body vnder this Head that want Faith that haue not the spirit of Christ that are not quickened with the life of Grace that are not wrought vpon by the word of Christ nor built vpon the foundation of the Prophets and Apostles that feele no influence of graces from CHRIST that want the knowledge of Prophets or mortification of Priests or victory ouer the World as Kings that eyther pride themselues in their owne ciuill righteousnesse or can fall away wholy and for euer The second Vse is for Instruction and first as Christ is considered to be our Head wee should 1 Pray that God would open the eyes of our vnderstanding that wee might with sense and affection see what the hope of cur calling is m Ephes 1.19.22 c. to become members of such a Body vnder such a Head 2 Take heede of all pollutions that might any way tend to the dishonour of our Head whether it be of Flesh or Spirit n 2 Cor. 6. 3 Consider our place in this Body and vnder this Head and not presume to know about what is meete o Rom. 12.4.5 4 Vse all meanes to grow in this Body and not pull it backe or shame our Head by spirituall securitie or vnprofitablenesse and to this end wee should sticke fast to the words of the Prophets and not suffer our selues to bee carried about by euery winde of doctrine and follow the truth in Loue p Ephes 4.14 to 16. without pride or discord 5 Obey as the Members doe in Vnion with the Head by faith in Communion with the fellow-Members by Loue and with a naturall voluntarie and not extorted obedience Secondly if the Church be the body of Christ and wee Members of this Body wee should learne to carry our selues one towardes another in all humblenesse of minde and long-suffering supporting one another and keepe the bond of peace in the vnitie of the spirit q Ephes 4.2.3.4.5 And wee should labour to profit one another with the gifts God hath bestowed vpon vs that our graces as holy oyntment may runne downe from member to member and all our Loue should be without dissimulation r Rom. 12.6.9 in giuing honour going one before another in as much as what honour one member receiueth is done in some respect to all And wee should willingly distribute to the necessities of the Saints and reioyce with them that reioyce and weepe with them that weepe Å¿ Rom. 12.10.13.15.16 out of the Sympathy of Members by all meanes shunning to giue offence in the least thing especially not censorious or contentious in matters of indifferencie t 1 Cor. 10.24.14 Lastly all discontentments with our place or calling or estimation in the body and all contempt or enuie at the gifts or place of other Christians should be banished out of our hearts u 1 Cor. 12.15.22.23.26 Thus of the excellencie of Christ in relation to the Church as it is briefly propounded the explication followes The head hath three Priuiledges or excels all the Members in Order Perfection or Vertue and Efficacie The preheminence of Christ is three wayes considered First in respect of the dignitie of Order verse 18. of order I say toward the Members Secondly in respect of perfection in himselfe in the fulnesse of grace verse 15. Thirdly in respect of Vertue Efficacie and influence toward the whole body verse 20. The primacie of CHRIST in order or relation to the Members is twofold First in the estate of Grace Hee is the beginning Secondly in the respect of the state of Glory He is the first begotten of the dead Christ is said to be the beginning in three respects He is the beginning Christ may be said to bee the beginning in three respects First as he is the first fruits for whose sake the rest are accepted and blessed Secondly as hee is the repayrer of the world decayed by mans sinne Thirdly as hee is the beginning of the good things that are in the Church hee is both the obiect and efficient cause of Faith Mortification flowes from his death and new Obedience from his Resurrection Iustification is wrought from his obedience Vses And this shewes the miserie of all carnall men that are not members of Christ in respect of the life of Grace they are dead in respect of Faith they are Infidels in respect of Iustification they are without God in respect of Repentance they walke in trespasses and sinnes in respect of Communion of Saints they are strangers from the Common-wealth of Israell There can bee a beginning of no true felicitie without CHRIST Christ is said to be the beginning of the creation of God a Reuel 3.14 and from thence is inferred a most seuere reproofe of mans lukewarmenesse in matters of Pietie Repentance and Grace Reuel 3. vers 15.16.17 And if Christ be the Authour and beginning of Faith and grace it should teach vs to perseuere in the Faith and contend for the truth and keepe that is committed to vs with all Patience Wisedome and Constancie b Heb. 12.2 And in as much as he is Alpha hee will be Omega as he is the beginning so he will be the end and therefore blessed are they that doe his Commandements And let him that is righteous bee righteous still and let prophane men that will not by Faith and Repentance seeke vnto Christ be filthy still c Reuel 22.11.13.14 The first begotten of the dead Christ as head of the Church holds his relation both to the liuing as their beginning and to the dead as their first begotten There is a threefold
them for whom we pray or else it is a more set or serious imploring of Gods aide with the vnited forces of the godly and lastly Giuing of Thankes stands in the lauding of God for blessings or graces and in the 6. of the Ephesians and in the 1 of Tim. 2. the Apostle sets downe rules to bee obserued in Praier for others in the Ephesians hee requires that they pray Ephes 6.18 1. at all times 2. with all manner of Prayers 3. in the spirit 4. with watching 5. with perseuerance 6. With spirituall importunitie and lastly for all Saints And in Timothy he requires that they pray 1 Tim. 2.8 1. euery where 2. with pure hands 3. without wrath 4. without doubting Alwaies To pray alwaies is to consecrate euery day and night to God by Prayer and besides to pray vpon all occasions with lifting vp our harts vnto God or by vsing short prayers which they haue beene wont to call Eiaculations Neither was it the dutie of Paul onely to pray alwaies that is to keepe a set order of Prayers but it is our dutie also to set apart time euery day Reasons to warrant praying euery day euening and morning to pray vnto God our selues and our households And because these exercises of Religion are by the most wholy neglected and in roome of it vile prophanenesse staines mens houses I will here set downe by the way some few reasons to warrant a daily set course of praying Math. 6.11 First our Sauiour CHRIST teacheth vs to pray for the bread of the day euery day as God will not promise vs bread for a weeke a month a yeere so neither will God accept of a prayer for the necessities of a weeke month or yeere before hand but will haue vs to make as much conscience to pray daily as we haue sense of daily wants Secondly we are commanded to pray continually 1 Thes 5.17 now what sense can be probably giuen of these words if that a daily set course of prayer bee not included Thirdly the Saints prayed euery day an auncient practise some thousand of yeeres a goe Dauid prayed seauen times a day and Daniell three times a day Let wicked and prophane people say what needes all this prayer but let vs be assured that as holinesse and grace growes in any so are they more abundant in this worship of praier the holiest men haue euer prayed most for though they haue not most neede yet they haue alwaies most sense of their owne needes and others to Fourthly if our foode must bee euery day sanctified by the exercise of the Word and Prayer then much more haue wee neede to sanctifie our selues 1 Tim 4.2 our housholds our callings and our labours by daily Prayer Lastly Prayer is called Incense and Sacrifice Now the Iewes held it an abhomination of desolation Psal 141.2 51.17 if the morning and euening Sacrifice were wanting neither do wee lesse need to seeke daily the benefits of the attonement made by the sacrifice of Christ and his intercession then did the Iewes and wee are euery way as much bound as often to professe our faith in CHRIST slaine as they did in Christ to be slaine And thus of the demonstratiue and vndeniable signes of the Apostles loue to the Colossians as they are generally set downe in this Verse Verse 4. Since wee heard of your faith in Christ Iesus and your loue towardes all Saints Verse 5. For the hopes sake which is laide vp for you in heauen IN these words and the rest that follow to the 12. Verse hee doth particularly explicate the two signes of affection first he sets downe his Thankesgiuing to Verse 9. secondly he prayes Verse 9. to 12. In the Thankesgiuing hee giues thankes for their Graces in these words secondly for the meanes of grace in the rest of the words to the 9. Verse Their Graces are three Faith Loue and Hope Of Faith In the handling of the Doctrine of Faith I consider it First in the coherence Diuers things concerning Faith noted from the coherence Heb. 11.6 2 Cor. 13.5 as it stands in the Text Secondly as it is in it selfe apart from that which went before or comes after From the generall consideration of the Coherence I obserue First that wee can neuer be reconciled to God or attaine the chiefe good without Faith Without Faith it is impossible to please God Therefore it is good for vs to proue our selues whether we bee in the Faith and to know whether Christ be in vs except we be reprobates Secondly this Faith is not naturall wee are not borne beleeuers wee are all concluded vnder sinne and kept vnder the Law and shut vp to Faith afterwards to be reuealed x Gal. 3.22.23 It is the worke of God yea of the power of God y 2 Thes 1.11 It is the gift of God z Ephes 2.8 All men haue not Faith a 2 Thes 3.2 It must be gotten with much striuing b 1 Tim. 6.12 As not by nature so not by naturall meanes and therfore we must seeke for better grounds then I haue beene alwaies thus neither will it auaile thee to shew thy education ciuilitie morall vertues outward holinesse c. Thirdly whatsoeuer we gaine by the word of God if wee gaine not Faith and Loue all is vaine Knowledge is vaine Zeale is vaine c. therefore it behooueth vs to gather in our thoughts and to minde that one thing that is necessarie Lastly though Nature deny strength to beare or power to giue this grace yet there is power in the word of God preached to beget euen Faith as well as other Graces Faith commeth by hearing c. Rom. 10.17 Rom. 10.17 and Gal. 3.2.5 Gal. 3.2.5 he saith They receiued the Spirit by the hearing of Faith preached c. Heare and your soule shall liue Esay 55.4 Esay 55 4. Thus much of the Doctrines from the Coherence That the nature of this grace may appeare the seuerall acceptations of the word the sorts obiects parts and degrees of it must be considered Faith is in Scriptures diuersly taken sometimes it is giuen to GOD The acceptations of the word Faith and signifieth his faithfulnesse in his promises as Rom. 3.3 Shall their vnbeliefe make the faith of God of none effect And when it is giuen to man it is taken First for Fidelitie as it is a vertue in the second Table Mat. 23.23 Secondly sometimes it is taken for the Doctrine of Faith Rom. 12.6 According to the Analogie of Faith Thirdly sometimes for Profession of Religion thus Elimas is charged to haue laboured to turne the Deputie from the Faith Acts 13.8 Fourthly sometimes for Christ himselfe by a Metonymie who is both the obiect and cause of Faith Gal. 3.25 Fiftly for Knowledge only thus the Diuels are said to beleeue Iames 2. Sixtly for the gift of working Miracles If I had all Faith so as I could remoue mountaines
and to vtter nothing for certaine but the word of God From these words the beloued our fellow-seruant I obserue first that common affliction for the cause of God workes in men tendernesse of loue The Prison makes a great Apostle imbrace with singular loue a poore and meane Minister the smell of the prison and sight of the stake if such times should euer come againe would frame a better amity amongst our Church-men ambitious men might then lay downe their personall and guilefull eagernesse of hast and hate and humorous men would then bee ashamed to deuise how to inlarge the dissention by coyning new exceptions and vrging of peremptory new scruples modest and humble men on both sides that haue sought the peace of Sion would then haue double honour Secondly that hee that is faithfull is beloued beloued I say of God and Gods houshold It is an ill signe in a Minister that hee is not sound when hee findes no tokens of Gods loue in his heart nor signes of respect with Gods seruants in his life Thirdly that to be Gods Seruant is an high dignitie it is here the speciall glory of an Apostle and was acknowledged and proclaimed to be the best part of a Kings title Psal 36. the title of it Which may serue for comfort to poore Christians they can get no Wealth offices nor Honours in the world but here is their ioy they may get to bee Gods seruants which is better and more worth than all Honour Besides it condemnes the aspiring of the Cleargie yet when they haue done all they can to make themselues great men hee is a better man in Gods bookes that by faithfull seruice can winne soules to God then he that by his money or paines can only purchase many liuings and great dignities to himselfe Which is for you a faithfull Minister or Deacon Concerning the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 rendred Minister it is expressely a Deacon and it is a title of Office Seruice or Administration giuen sometimes to Christ hee is called The Deacon of Circumcision u Rom 14.8 sometimes to Magistrates x Rom. 13.4 yea sometimes to Women y Rom. 16.1 sometimes to a speciall calling or sort of Church officers z Phil. 1.1 1 Tim. 3.8.12 sometimes to the Ministers of the Gospell both ordinary and extraordinary so Timothy is a Deacon 1 Tim. 4.6 so Iudas Acts 1.17.15 But the Doctrine I obserue is That euery faithfull Minister is Christs Deacon and this may comfort painefull Ministers for to be Christs Deacon is no base office or to be called so a title of disgrace for it is a title giuen to Christ and the greatest Magistrates And concerning them is that promise that hee that receiueth one of them in Christs name shall not be without his reward * Mar. 9.35 with 37. Besides Christ saith of them that where hee is there shall his Deacon or Seruant bee and his father will honour him though the world doe not a Iohn 12.26 Further it may refresh them that they are said to be Deacons not of the Letter but of the Spirit 2 Cor. 3.6.7.8 Lastly wee may see what power these Deacons haue Math. 22. They call they perswade they are heard of the great King if they complaine and informe and they binde men hand and foote and cast them into vtter darkenesse Onely if Ministers would haue the priuiledges of Christs Deacons they must put on and practise their properties First they must become as little Children for humblenesse of minde and confidence in Gods fatherly care and prouidence and for freedome from malice b Mark 9.35.36 Secondly they must follow their Master Christ in doctrine in life and in sufferings c Iohn 12.26 Thirdly seeing they haue this Deaconship as they haue receiued mercy they should not faint but cast from them the cloakes of shame and not walke in craftinesse nor handle the word of God deceitfully but in declaration of the truth should approue themselues to euery mans conscience in the sight of God d 2 Cor 4.1.2 So as for the daily expressing of their doctrine vpon the hearts and liues of the people their people might be their Epistle e 2 Cor. 3.2.3 Thus of the 7. Verse Out of the 8. Verse I obserue diuers things First from the word declared as it is here vsed and applyed to reports I note that those things are to be reported and spoken that may giue light to the hearers A good mans report tends to cleare things in the mindes of them that heare him there should be light and a Lantherne in our words f Prou. 6.23 To this end wee should vse wisedome and truth and meekenesse when wee speake Wisedome by preparing our selues to speake Truth to report things as they are and meekenesse to auoide passion for anger is a great darkener We should also take heede of diuers sinnes in both Tables that greatly corrupt the hearers not onely in the generall but in this that they greatly darken and make muddy the vnderstanding of man As in the first Table discourses or disputes of Atheisme against the Word Religion or Ordinances of God Apologies for Idolaters or Idolatrous Religion in whole or in part the very naming of vices or Idols without disgracing or hating of them Impatiencie or murmuring against God and such like And in the second Table flattery tale-bearing false accusing rash iudgement answering of matters before they be heard are great darkeners of the vnderstanding Secondly in that Epaphras intending to complaine of them for their corruptions in opinion and worshippe doth here first declare their praises and graces of Gods Spirit It shewes that it is a worthy grace to be apt to expresse others iust praises especially when we are to speake of their faults for that will shew that we are free from enuie ostentation or disdaine and that wee seeke not our owne things that wee are not suspitious nor thinke euill nor reioyce in euill Loue in the spirit Loue is either in God or in man in God there is the personall loue of Christ the loue of the Creature the loue of man and the loue of goodnesse or good men 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 In man there is both the loue by which hee loues God and the loue by which hee loues man I take it here it is meant of whatsoeuer loue the Spirit worketh in man Of Loue I haue spoken at large before here onely I note briefely two things in generall First the necessitie of Loue Secondly the tryall of it both in the negatiue For the first If the true loue of God and Gods children bee not in vs wee haue not faith g Gal. 5.6 nor the Spirit of God for Loue is the fruit of the Spirit h Gal. 5.22 2. Tim. 1.7 nor the Seale of our Election i Ephes 1.4 nor a pure heart or good conscience k 1 Tim. 1.5 nor strength to holde out against errours
z Ephes 4.11 to 17. Besides if we would increase in strength wee must let Patience haue his perfect worke making conscience to mortifie corrupt passions as worldly griefe anger fretting a Iames 1.4 c. And lastly wee must bee carefull to keepe what God hath giuen vs that no man take away our crowne Neglect of grace receiued is a great hinderance of strength and increase Thus of the weake Christian A strong Christian discouers himselfe by diuers things First Of the strong Christian and how he may be knowne hee is spirituall that is such a one as not onely hath a taste and desire after spirituall things but is also ruled by the Word and Spirit of God that hee restraines the euils of the flesh both in heart and life so as hee giues not occasion eyther of scandall to the weake or of scorne to them that are without b 1 Cor 3.1 Secondly hee is able to be baptised with the baptisme that Christ was baptised with and to drinke of the cup that Christ dranke of he is not onely willing to beare ordinary wrongs and crosses but is prepared for the worst the world or Sathan may doe to him c Mat 20.22.23 3. Hee can beare the infirmities of the weake and in conuersing deny himselfe and please his Brother in that that is good to edification d Rom 15.1.2 4. Hee is full of goodnesse and knowledge and is able to admonish e Rom 15.14 and comfort others with the comforts hee hath found himselfe f 2 Cor 1.4 5. Hee sinnes not in word g Iames 3.1 that is hee is able to gouerne his tongue with Wisedome Meekenesse Grace and Truth The ordinary faults of speech are not found in his Tongue 6. He is not carefull for his life to take thought for what he shall eate or what he shall drinke nor doth he disquiet his heart about his body what he shall put on for these outward things hee can easily trust his heauenly Father h Math 6.25.30 7. He can loue his enemies endure wrongs without resistance or reuenge or if hee vse the helpe of the Magistrate hee can seeke it without malice or crueltie hee can blesse them that curse him and pray for them that despight him and doe good to them that hate him i Math 5 38. to the end Lastly in Faith hee is strong like Abraham Rom. 4.16 to the end Hee can beleeue things to come as well as if they were present Vers 17. hee can beleeue aboue hope and vnder hope Vers 18. hee looketh not to the meanes but to the promise Vers 19. hee vanquisheth doubts Vers 20. hee is as thankefull for promises as others would bee for performances Vers 20.21 for these things were not onely true of Abraham but may be true in vs also Vers 23.24 who may haue as great helpe from Christ as euer he had Vers 25. Thus of the strong Christian In all might Note how the Apostle presseth to perfection before Why all might in all knowledge all pleasing all good workes now in all might And wee had neede to be strengthened with all might because not one part of the soule onely is to be looked to but the whole soule spirit and life throughout nor haue wee one Grace to tend but all sorts of Graces from God nor doth there abide vs one trouble but calamities indignities and temptations of all sorts Wee haue not one aduersary to encounter but many and of many sorts inward outward visible inuisible publike priuate at home and abroad Neyther doe wee stand vpon our guard at one time but must looke to our selues in all these respects at all times It must be all might that we should labour after in foure respects All might in foure respects First it must bee a Might that extends to the strengthening of all the faculties of the soule powers of the body and duties of the life our Mindes must bee strengthened in the approuing of truth and goodnesse and in reprobating of euill and falshood l 1 Cor 14.20 our Memories must bee strengthened in retayning and recording the secrets and hid things of God which are committed to it the Will must be strengthened in the Election of good and reiection of euill and our Affections neede strength also thus wee were to be strengthened in Patience m Iam 1.4 Ioy n 1 Thes 5.16 Loue o 1 John 4.18 Mercy p Col 3.12 Hope and Confidence q 1 Pet 1.13 Desires r Psal 27.4 in Reuerence Å¿ Heb. 12.28 in Hatred of sinne t Psal 139.21.22 Contempt of the World u Phil 3.8 Esay 30.22 So doe wee neede strength to euery dutie of holy life Secondly it must be a Might that is gotten from the vse of all the meanes wee must be strengthened in the power of euery ordinance of God and supported with the vse of euery helpe to make vs strong Thirdly it must be a Might shewed in the vse of all the Armour of God Wee must strengthen our selues with euery piece of Armour whether it bee Armour of Defence as the Girdle of Truth the Brest-plate of Righteousnes the Shooes of the Gospell of Peace the Shield of Faith the Helmet of Hope or Armor of Offence as the Sword of the Spirit Gods Word and the Darts of Prayers x Ephes 6.12 Fourthly it should be a Might extended to all possible degrees and power of euery Grace and dutie thus in mercy wee should communicate in all good things y Gal 6.6 our seruice should be an heartie Seruice z Ephes 6.6 wee must loue the Lord with all our hearts with all our soules with all our might * Deut. 6.5 According to the power of his glory In the handling of these words I consider them first apart secondly as they are ioyned together and thirdly the Doctrines out of them Here are two things laid to pawne for the strengthening of the weake Christian Gods Power and Gods Glory The extent of Gods power Power is one of the Attributes they call in Schooles relata the Power of God is infinite both in respect of Essence for it is as large as the Essence yea it is the Essence it selfe and in respect of Obiects hee hath not done so much but farre beyond our capacities hee could doe infinitely more and so is it infinite in respect of continuance Yet to speake of it according to our capacities What God cannot doe it is restrayned 1. By his Will hee cannot doe what his Will is against 2. By his glory hee can doe nothing against his owne Glory 3. By his Nature hee cannot lye c. because it is against his Nature 4. In some respects by the nature of the Creature so as whatsoeuer destroyes the essentiall definition of the Creature God cannot doe as God cannot make a man vnreasonable and yet hee remaine a man hee cannot make a
Balaam seemes a friend to Israell but hee is so farre from inheriting with them that hee is destroyed by them the sword of the Lord rootes him out this will bee the portion of all Hypocrites i Iosh 13.12 And wee should labour for a particular warrant in the knowledge of our owne portion this would incourage vs against all difficulties Caleb dares fight with the Anakins if Ioshua giue him Hebron k Iosh 14.6.11 c. and feeble and complayning Ephraim shall ouercome and inlarge himselfe if Ioshua particularly incourage him l Iosh 17. And as no Cananites ought to bee left in the Lot of Israell so no wicked workers should be suffered to remaine in the assembly of the Saints to be prickes and goades in the sides of the righteous And as they that haue their inheritance allowed them already must not rest but fight till their brethren haue rest m Josh 1.12 so they that haue comfort in their owne conuersion must strengthen their brethren And if any haue too little roome the way is not to murmure and doubt but to fight it out for more so must Dan n Iosh 19.14 so should weake Christians not giue way to discontentment but striue in the spirituall Combat till more grace and roome for the inlarging of the heart be gotten Lastly as seauen Tribes are iustly taxed and censured by Ioshua for their negligence and sloath in not seeking speedily to possesse the Land God had offered them o Iosh 18.2 so may the most of vs bee iustly rebuked for grieuous securitie about the heauenly Canaan Many rest in the probabilities and hope of a title nay the most rest satisfied in such a condition as is without title and without hope vnlesse they amend yea the better sort diuers of them haue but a title and therefore it iustly falleth out that these are buffetted by Christ as they were disgraced by Ioshua and as they must stand to the curtesie of the viewers of the Land for the report of the goodnesse of their part so must these secure Christians stand to the curtesie of their Teachers for how much knowledge and comfort they shall thinke meete to impart vnto them concerning their inheritance in heauen and heauenly things Partakers of the inheritance of the Saints in light The happinesse of the faithfull is an inheritance illustrated here first by the persons that must enioy it it is not common to all but appropriated to Saints secondly by the qualitie of it it is in light Christ is the great heyre of all things p Heb 1.1 Psal 2. the Christian is coheyre with Christ It is a doctrine that hath much comfort in it a Christian holds by the fayrest tenure and firmest and surest too for though his life be changeable and his dayes on earth must haue an end yet his inheritance endures for euer and whiles hee liues God will know him all his dayes for no worse a man then his owne heyre q Psal 37.17.18 And the consideration of the inheritance of the Saints should teach vs diuers things first to pray that God would remember vs with the fauour of his people and visite vs with his saluation and that then hee would open our eyes to see the glory of such an inheritance r Psal 106.3.4 Ephes 1.18 Secondly to honour the righteous and not despise poore Christians seeing God hath made them his heyres and rich in faith Å¿ Iames 2.5 Thirdly to endeauour with all care to walke worthy of such honour as to be made Gods heyres And lastly to be willing to suffer any thing in this world for Christ seeing in the world to come wee must raigne with him as coheyres t Rom 8.17.18 Of the Saints Onely Saints inherit and therefore be sure thou be a Saint be sure thou be more then flesh and bloud u 1 Cor 15.50 be sure thou lye in none of the sinnes God hath threatned with the losse of this inheritance x Ephes 5.5 1 Cor 6.9 Gal 5.21 bee sure of the imputation of the righteousnesse of Christ y Rom 4.13.14 Tit. 3.7 bee sure thou haue in thee the spirit of the Sonne z Gal. 4.7 Ephes 1.14 bee sure to commit thy selfe to the word of grace * Acts 20.32 In light The Christians inheritance is said to be held in light in sixe respects First because hee now obtaines it in the times of the Gospell which times in comparison with the times of the old Testament are called times of light the light of the Iewes being spread abroad among the Gentiles and exceedingly enlarged by the rising of the Sunne of righteousnesse Secondly A three-fold light in man because this inheritance can neuer be assured without the light of knowledge In the vnderstanding of man there is a three-folde light of knowledge Naturall Euangelicall and Celestiall the Naturall light is the light of Reason the Euangelicall light is the light of Faith and the Celestiall light is the light of Heauen Before we can see our inheritance in the light of Heauen wee must first see it in the light of Faith and as for the light of Reason it will do no good for any euidence in this tenure Thirdly because this inheritance is held with true ioy on earth and perfect ioy in heauen and Ioy is expressed by the word light in many places in Scripture Fourthly in respect of the admirable communion that a Christian hath with God and Christ who is light of light that true light Iohn 8.12 Fiftly because of the certainety of this inheritance it is said to bee held in light It is worthy the noting that Catharinus a Papist writing vpon this place thus vnderstands the meaning of Light and is much offended with those that pleade for vncertaintie of assurance Sixtly in light that is in Heauen and the light of Heauen in an excellent light both for the perfection of it and the continuance of it It is a perfect light for there shall be on Gods part a cleare reuelation and on mans part a cleare vision and for continuance that light shall neuer be ouercome of darkenesse nay it shall neuer admit any mixture of obscuritie in as much as Heauen is a Citie that needes not the Sunne nor Moone to shine in it for the glory of God doth lighten it and the Lambe is the light thereof Reuel 21.23 In the meane while till God translate vs to this light of heauen let vs labour to settle our heartes in the light of Faith and certaintie and glad our hearts with the light of the Spirit and ioy choosing rather to die then to forsake the face and presence of God the fountaine of all true light both in earth and heauen Verse 13. Who hath deliuered vs from the power of Darkenesse and translated vs into the Kingdome of his deare Sonne IN this Verse our redemption is considered more particularly for as it is by inchoation in
from the spirit of God which is in them for the spirit sets the soule at libertie x 2 Cor 3 17. and furnisheth it with graces y Gal 5 22. sealeth vp vnto the day of redemption z Ephes 1.14 strengtheneth the inward man a Ephes 3.16 shewes the things giuen of God b 1 Cor 2.12 is a perpetuall Comforter c John 14.16 Leadeth into all truth d John 15.13 frees from condemnation and the rigour of the Law e Rom 8 1 3 10. Zach 12.12 Rom. 8.1.3 is life for righteousnesse sake vers 10. mortifies the deedes of the flesh verse 13. beares witnesse that they are the children of God verse 16. is a spirit of prayer to cause them to cry Abba Father verse 15. helpes their infirmities and makes request for them verse 26. Fiftly from CHRIST for from Christ they haue protection Iohn 10.18 Influence Iohn 15.1.4.5 Intercession by which hee couers their sinnes and infirmities presents their workes in his merits and mooueth the Father to keepe them from euill c. Iohn 17.9.11.15.17.22 Sixtly they haue helpes from his Ordinances for by Prayer when they aske according to Gods Will they may bee sure to haue any thing 1 Ioâ—n 5.14 And by the Sacraments Faith is confirmed and sealed and Grace nourished How many wayes the word furthers continuance And by the Word they are many wayes furthered I take but onely the 119. Psalme to shew how our continuance is helped by the Word It redresseth our waies verse 9. It keepes from sinne verse 11. It strengthens against shame and contempt vers 22.23.143 It quickens and comforts verse 25.28.50.54.93.111 It makes free verse 45. It makes wise verse 98.100 It is a Lanthorne to our feete verse 105.130 It keepes from declining verse 102.104.118.155.160.165 Lastly they are helped by the promises that concerne perseuerance and preseruation and falling away such as are contained in such Scriptures as these Iohn 13.1 1 Cor. 10.13 Rom. 8.29 Psal 84.12 1. Tim. 4.18 Reuel 2.25.26 Grounded and stablished in the faith It is not enough to get Faâ—â—h and continue in it but wee must be grounded and stablished and when he 〈◊〉 stablished in the Faith wee must vnderstand the Doctrine profession exercise assurance and effects of Faith And this establishing and grounding of our hearts hath in it particular Knowledge Certainety Resolution and Contentment To be thus established would fortifie vs against all the changes The priuiledges of an established and grounded heart and alterations of estate or Religion in aftertimes and as the Coherence imports it would much further vs in the attainement of an vnstained and vnrebukeable life whereas of doubting can come nothing but the shunning of God the libertie of sinne and desperation and the like Besides this grounded establishment in Faith would free our profession from the dishonours which an vnsetled or discontented Faith or life doth cast vpon vs. Atheists Papists Epicures and Belly-gods if this were in vs would be astonished to see the power of Religion in our resolued contentment and to consider how vnmooueable wee were so as the gates of Hell could not preuaile against vs. Besides the vnsearchable solace that a peaceable and restfull conscience would breed in vs. That wee might be thus grounded and stablished What we must doe that wee might bee grounded and stablished diuers things are carefully to be obserued 1. Wee must be founded on the Prophets and Apostles f Ephes 2.20 we must be daily conuersant in the Scriptures 2. We must be much in praier but in practise of prayer wee must nourish the hatred of euery sinne and daily labour to encrease in the reformation of euill And it is a great helpe to be much with such as feare God and call vpon God with a pure heart It would much establish vs to see the faith affections feruencie and power of Gods spirit in other in prayer g 2 Tim. 2.19.22 3. There is a secret blessing of God in setling a mans heart followes vpon well doing so as to bee abundant in Gods worke is a great meanes of stedfastnesse whereas a fruitlesse and barraine life is both vncomfortable and vnsetled h 1 Cor. 15.58 1 Tim. 6.19 4. Wee must pray God to giue vs a free and ingenuous spirit i Psal 51.12 What a free spirit is wee must pray to God to giue vs a minde cheerefull speedy full of incitations to good glad of all occasions to doe good free from the staine of the sinnes of the Time Nation or calling and from the raigne of former lusts inclineable to serue God and our Brethren by Loue fearing the Gospell more then the Law and Gods goodnesse more then his iustice 5. Wee must set an order in Faith and Life It is exceeding behoouefull in matter of opinions to deliuer vp our soules to some sounde frame of Doctrine in which wee will euer quietly rest and in matters of life to gather out of the Commandements a platforme of liuing that might fit our owne case k Pro 4.26 6. Wee are not vsually setled and soundly stablished till wee haue beene shaken with affliction and haue gotten the experience which the Crosse learnes vs l 1 Pet. 5.10 Lastly wee must consecrate our selues to God endeauouring daily to practise what wee daily heare for hee that commeth to CHRIST and heareth his sayings and doth them is like a man which hath built a House and digged deepe and layed the foundation on a Rocke and when the flood arose and the streame beat vehemently vpon that house it could not shake it because it was founded on a Rocke m Luk 6 48.49 Quaest Quest What should be the reason why many after long profession and much hearing and some comfortable signes of assurance Ans at sundry times conceiued should yet be vnsetled and distracted The causes why many after long profession and some signes of hope are still so vnsetled and shew so much perplexitie and want of firmenesse either in contentment or practise Answ This is occasioned diuersly First sometime for want of a distinct direction or carefull examination about the application of the signes of Gods fauor some Christians haue not the signes cleerly distinctly collected others that haue them know the vse of them grow sloathfull and negligent and are iustly scourged with the want of the glory of this establishment Secondly sometimes it comes to passe for want of vsing priuate meanes more conscionably as Reading Prayer or Conference Thirdly it is so sometimes with Christians because of some sinne they lye in without repentance there may be some sinne which they too much fauour and are loath to forsake whether it be secrâ—t or more open Fourthly Vnfruitfulnesse and barrennesse in good workes may cause it for if Faith did beare fruit vpwards it would take roote downewards Fiftly many are grieuously pressed vnder legall perfection being not able distinctly to
despise not this riches of the bountifulnesse of God when in the Gospell it is offered vnto vs though wee may goe on with the hardnesse of our not repenting hearts yet if by speedy repentance wee preuent not our ruine we shall heape vp wrath against the day of wrath euen the day of the declaration of the iust vengeance of God vpon such obstinate and secure sinners h Rom 2.4.5.6 3. Let not worldly rich men glory in their riches i Jer 9.24 but rather vse their outward riches as helpes to further them vnto this true treasure else their riches shall not shelter them in the day of Gods wrath against the woes denounced against them k Iob 36.18.19 Luke 6.12 Lastly would any man know some sure way how to thriue with great successe in these spirituall riches let him then amongst other things especially remember to pray hard for the Lord is rich to all them that call vpon him l Rom 10.12 Thirdly CHRIST is in the faithfull m 2 Cor. 13.5 hee liues in them n Gal. 2.20 hee dwels in them o Ephes 3.18 but that this doctrine may be more fully vnderstood I propound fiue things 1. How Christ is conueied into the soule of the faithfull 2. By what effects he discouereth himselfe to be there 3. What they get by his comming 4. What intertainement they ought to giue him 5. Who haue not Christ in them How Christ is conueied into the faithfull For the first there is this order First God secretly giues Christ to the beleeuer and the beleeuer to Christ p Rom 8.32 Esa 9.6 Iohn 17.6 then Christ begins to manifest himselfe riding in the Chariot of the word q 2 Cor 2.14 The word that before was a dead letter receiueth life by the presence of Christ and that both in the Law and the Gospell The law being made aliue attacheth the particular sinner and playeth vpon him the part of a Sergeant accuser Iaylor or Iudge And the sinner putting in baile the Law brings him to Christ and will not let him goe to another r Gal 3.24 then the Gospell gets aliue and crucifies Christ before his eyes Å¿ Gal 3.1 and propounds varietie of sweet promises The sinner being beaten and wounded almost to death before hee would yeelde to the arrest of the Law seeing now whither he is brought laments with vnspeakeable groanes his owne sinnes and the horrible torments hee sees the Sonne of God put to for his sake and at the same time the spirit of the Sonne working saith a wide doore is opened Christ enters in with vnvaluable ioyes wrought in the heart of the sinner How we may know that Christ is in our hearts Now if you aske by what effects Christ discouers himselfe to bee there I answere there is a light when Christ comes in that giues the Knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Christ t 2 Cor 4.6 And being rauished they behold as in a mirrour the glory of God and are transformed into the same Image the spirit of God making them suddainely new Creatures u 2 Cor 3 18 2. The conuert now findes a sauour of the things of the spirit and his heart is bowed to be subiect to the law of God x Rom 8.5 7. 3. Hee is baptized with the fire of zeale and holy affections and desires y Math 3.11 4. There appeares a battell and combat in the soule and much lusting on either side the spirit resisting with teares and strong cries 5. In this combat Christ vndertaking the battell sends out by his ordinances his arrests and apprehends one by one euery imagination that rebelliouslie puts it selfe forward in the opposition and exalts it selfe and will not leaue till it be brought in subiection so as the obedience of Christ may haue the vpper hand z 2 Cor 10.5 6. The spirit of the Sonne discouers himselfe as a spirit of supplications by which the tender infant beginnes to learne with holy desires and secret incouragements to speake in Gods language and by prayer to make knowne his griefes and wants in the best manner vttering his affiance in God as a Father x Gal 4.6.7 7. The loue of God and of Christ and of Gods Word and Gods people is shed abroad in his heart and it now constraineth him to holy dueties a Rom 5.9 2 Cor 5.14 8. The body growes dead in respect of sinne and the spirit is life for righteousnesse sake b Rom 8.10 resolution more and more increasing both for reformation of sinne and new obedience 9. Hee findes himselfe proclaimed free the prison doore set open his fetters knocked off his wounds made by the law healing apace his depts paid himselfe in a new world inioying a true Iubile c 2 Cor. 3.17 Esa 61.1.2 10. He liues thenceforward by the faith of the Sonne of God for Saluation for Iustification and for preseruation d Gal 2.20 2 Cor 13.14 11. The heauenly dewes of spirituall ioyes often water and refresh his heart in the vse of the meanes with delightfull peace and tranquility in his heart and conscience e Hos 14.6 Rom 14.17 Lastly in a holy couenanting with God his daily purposes and desires are to cleaue vnto God deuoting and consecrating himselfe and his vowed sacrifices vnto God in the mediation of Christ Thirdly the benefites hee hath by the inhabitation of CHRIST The benefits come by Christ dwelling in vs. are such as these 1. GOD is in Christ reconciling him not imputing his sinnes f 2 Cor. 5.19 2. Christ is made vnto him Wisedome Sanctification Righteousnesse and Redemption g 1 Cor 1.30 3. All the promises of Christ are to him Yea and Amen hauing the earnest giuen in the spirit and the same sealed by the same spirit h 2 Cor. 1.20.22 4. Hee is not destitute of any heauenly gifts i 1 Cor 1.6.7 but hath the seeds and beginnings of all sauing graces 5. The grace of Christ shall be sufficient k 2 Cor. 12.9 against all temptations by the power of Christ that dwels in him and as his outward afflictions doe abound so shall the consolations of Christ abound also l 2 Cor 1.5 6. Paul is his and Apollo is his yea all things are his as he is Christs m 1 Cor 3.22.23 he hath his interest in all the means of saluation 7. God hath giuen him Christ how shall hee not with him giue him all other things also n Rom 8.34.35 Finally eternall life is the gift of God in and with Iesus Christ o Rom 6.23 For the fourth if you aske what you must doe when you finde Christ in your hearts I answere if you liue in the spirit walke in the spirit p Gal 5.24 let olde things passe and all things be new for if you be in Christ Iesus you must be new Creatures
q 2 Cor 5.16.17 the olde conuersation in times past will not now serue turne but the olde man with his deceiueable lusts must be cast off r Ephes 4.22 Now thou must learne also to liue by Faith and not by sence and carnall hopes as thou hast done For CHRIST keepes his residence in our hearts by faith Å¿ Ephes 3.16 for in that wee henceforth liue in the flesh wee must resolue to liue by the faith of the Sonne of God that liueth in vs t Gal. 2.20 beeing assured that in him are all the treasures of holinesse and happinesse And to this end thou must pray constantly to God that thou mayest bee able to discerne the length bredth depth and height of this loue and louing presence of Christ u Ephes 3.18 For otherwise it is a knowledge passeth all naturall vnderstanding and his working in vs is aboue all wee can aske or thinke Why should a Christian feare any want that carrieth a Mine of treasure within his owne breast And what a shame is it that wee grow not exceeding rich seeing there is nothing but Faith and Prayer will get it x Rom 10.12 and why should we feare eyther tribulation or persecution or paine or perill seeing this is our victory euen our faith and wee are assured that in the end wee shall be in all these things more then conquerours through him that loueth vs and liues in vs y Rom 8.35.37 Further doth the spirit of meekenesse and of Christ dwell in thee Oh then aboue many things learne lowlinesse and humility z Mat. 12.29 and if the Lord giue thee a tender and a harmelesse heart watch with all carefulnesse that thou bee not beguiled from the innocent simplicity that is in Christ Iesus * 1 Cor. 11.3 Lastly thou must labour for inward sinceritie both of thoughts and affections thy heart is Christs chamber of presence where hee alwaies resides and as thou art carefull to looke to thy behauiour because of mans presence so must thou much more looke to thy heart to keepe it cleane and pure and chast and euery day to dresse it new since the King of glory is come in to dwell with thee Men would bee very carefull to looke to that roome where they would giue their best entertainement Alas wee haue no better roome then our hearts to welcome our Sauiour into And shall not wee keepe them with all diligence woe be to vs if wee tempt or grieue him by our inward vncleannesse 5 Seauen ill signes that Christ dwels not in a mans heart Now for the fift point there are seauen ill signes that Christ dwells not in a mans heart First when a man sauours nothing but carnall things Secondly when a man hath or desires or esteemes or labours after no other knowledge but what is ordinary or naturall Thirdly when a man makes no conscience of inward sinnes Fourthly when a man hath no zeale in Gods worship or holy affections towards God and his people and his word Fiftly when a man hath not a faith that he can liue by Sixtly when a man neuer feeles the heauenly ioyes of Christ in his heart Seauenthly when a man can liue in any grosse sinne without trouble and anguish of spirit or desire and indeauour to breake it off by repentance The hope of glory The riches of a Christian are either in this life and so it lies in the grace of IESVS CHRIST or else in the world to come and so it is glory euen a most glorious and admirable excellency of felicitie which shall haue in it eternall righteousnesse and the continuall blessed vision of God eternall ioyes and perfection of all things round about euerlasting honour and singular esteeme most sweete societie with holy Angels and blessed Saints with vnspeakeable peace and rest together with that admirable clarification of the very bodies of the righteous Vses Phil 3.21 Col 3.1.2 Rom 5.3 2 Cor 4.18 1 Pet. 4.13 The consideration hereof should allure vs to the continuall thought of Heauen and to a feruent affection after it striuing to expresse our hope of Heauen by a conuersation that tends to glory and immortalitie and to this end wee should be importunate with the Lord to shew vs this glory by the spirit of reuelation that we may be able profitably to solace our soules in the middest of the tentations and afflictions of this world with a serious contemplation of our right in Iesus Christ to this admirable glory that is to be reuealed Jam 2.5 Rom 15.7 And the meditation of the glory poore Christians shall one day haue should teach vs to honour them now and receiue them into our heartie and inward societie and to vse them as such as we are assured are the heires of more glory then this world is worth and lastly doe we looke for glory from God in another world then wee should seeke to glorifie GOD in all things with all our might in this world Secondly wee may in these words note that where Christ will glorifie in another world there he is the hope of glory in this world A Christian holds his glory by this Tenure Now concerning this hope many things haue beene noted already vpon the fourth verse and vpon the 23. verse and therefore thither I referre the Reader Verse 28. Whom we preach admonishing euery man and teaching euery man in all wisedome that we may present euery man perfect in Christ Iesus IN this verse is contained the sixt generall Reason taken from the end and profitable effect of the Gospell If they continue constant by the power of the word they will be made fit to be presented in some measure of ripenesse and perfection vnto God in Iesus Christ Two things are in the verse to be obserued the Meanes and the End the meanes is preaching which is amplified by the parts of it admonishing and teaching and by the manner of it in all wisedome Whom we preach The reason why the Apostle falls so often into the mention and praise of their preaching is to rescue it from the contempt vnder which many times it lay disgraced There are foure things may be obserued here The honour of Ministers which tend to expresse the honour of the ministery in this place 1. They are as it were the Lords high treasurers to dispense the riches of the kingdome of Iesus Christ And if such an office bee in such request vnder earthly Princes what is it to be so honoured of the Prince of all Princes All the world is beholding to the ministery for they shew that Mine of incomparable Treasure they dig it vp they offer it as spirituall Merchants yea the Lord by them doth as it were particularly inrich all Christians 2. This honour of publishing the Gospell is now taken from the very Angels and giuen to them now Wee not the Angels preach vnto you 3. They haue the best subiect that euer men had
7. It is carried with full sailes vnto holy duties for so the word signifies and is fruitfull in good workes 8. It is able to admonish u Rom. 15.14 What we must doe to get full assurance If wee would obtaine this plerophorie wee must bee much in hearing and prayer for they doe both exceedingly settle faith especially wee must attend much vnto the promises of God and the testimony of the spirit of adoption and we must get calme and quiet affections we must grow in grace and striue to be strengthened in the inner man But especially we must begge it often of God by prayer and striue against hardnesse of heart and vnbeleefe carefully discerning and reiecting the obiections of Sathan and the flesh consulting daily with such as haue the ouersight of our soules Vse The consideration hereof may both confute the Papists that plead so earnestly against the assurance of faith and it may serue also to scourge the wanton distempers of carnall Protestants that against a principle of their owne Religion will so commonly disgrace the assurance of faith by saying men cannot be so certaine of their owne saluation And it may excite all that feare God to labour after it and the rather considering the worth of it as the word riches of full assurance imports Riches of full assurance There are two sorts of rich men there is a worldly rich man Wherein our spirituall riches lie and a spirituall rich man Now our spirituall riches lie 1. in the word of Christ dwelling in vs * Col. 3.16 2. in the spirit of Christ x Tit. 3.6 3. in works of mercy and liberality y Ephes 2.4 2 Cor. 8.1 9.11 4. in sufferings and patience 5. in praiers z Rom. 10.11 6. in good works a 1 Tim. 6.18 7. in vtterance and all holy knowledge b 1 Cor. 1.5 lastly it lies in our faith c Iam. 2.5 and so the more full assurance we haue the more rich we are Now this in generall may informe how to conceiue of rich men and who are to bee accounted indeede great rich men and it may lesson worldly rich men not to swell in the thoughts of their greatnes but rather reioyce that God hath made them low and withall it should teach them to thinke more highly of poore Christians that haue the true grace of Christ whom God hath enriched with faith and holy graces of his spirit Assurance is riches in many respects Worthily is full assurance of faith called riches for it doth all that riches can doe vnto men It comforts the heart it defends from dangers much better then outward riches can for the iust liue by their faith It gaines the godly more true reputation then houses or land or money could doe It abounds more to spirituall mercy and well-doing with more sufficiency then outward riches can and it buyes for the soule all necessaries it is vnto Gods seruants according to their faith and vnto faith all things are possible yea it doth that that all the riches in the world cannot do for it will settle a mans heart against all earthly mutations yea it will make a man stand vndaunted against the rage of tyrants yea of death it selfe yea in some sense it will fence a man against the weapons of God himselfe though God kill Iob in the battell yet he will not let goe his hold but hee will still trust in him yea the Lord is pleased many times to yeeld the victorie to the wrestlings of faith and accounts it no disparagement to bee ouercome of the faith of his seruants and to let them binde his hands that he should not doe what otherwise he might and would haue done how can it be but great riches when it brings a man the assured pardon of all his offences and how doth it establish the heart of a man in his religion more then ten thousand arguments or volumes of controuersies Thus of the adiunct certainty the sublimity of the Gospell followes To the acknowledgement of the mysterie of God euen the Father and of Christ The Gospell is a diuine mysterie both for the admirable depth of it for it is a secret only God can reueale and for the excellency of the subiect it entreats of which is God the Father and Christ How the Gospell is a mysterie and to whom hath been shewed in the former chapter onely let vs from the repetition of it here be confirmed in this neuer to trust the iudgement of carnall persons in matters of godlinesse and saluation for they pronounce of things they neuer effectually vnderstand they cannot perceiue the things of God and withall we should be excited to a daily care of faith for reason will not reach heere Further we may here obserue That when the Lord doth reueale this mysterie vnto vs we must not only beleeue it but we must acknowledge it euen by an outward profession of our faith in Christ and our consecration of our selues to the worship and knowledge of God The world wonderfull hardly brooks acknowledgement most men aske what needs this profession they will not vnderstand that we must beare about and hold out the light of the truth receiued labouring to winne glorie to God by the power of confession and obedience Of God euen the Father and of Christ Diuers things may bee from these words particularly obserued 1. We may see here the glorie of the Gospell and the studies of Christians they haue the onely excellent subiect in the world other sciences consider of the creature but Theologie of the Creator 2. Heere is a plaine proofe of the diuine nature of Christ for God is sayd to be the Father of Christ 3. From coherence wee may know that as men grow in faith and loue so they will be more and more settled in the doctrine of the persons of the Trinitie t is such a mysterie as is reuealed by degrees as holinesse and other sauing knowledges increase in vs. 4. That wee neuer rightly know God till we know Christ Matth. 11.27 1 Ioh. 2.23 5. Wee may hence obserue the miserie of all vnregenerate men they neither know God nor Christ aright 6. That howsoeuer we be ignorant in many other knowledges and that of matters of religion too yet it is a glorious riches to know God to be our father in Christ and to be fully assured of Gods loue in Christ VERS 3. In whom are hid all the treasures of wisdome and knowledge IN whom In quo is referred either to Christ or the Gospell it is true either way or rather both are conioyned together in one sense In Christ who is the subiect of the Gospell is all treasures c or in the Gospell as it entreats of Christ is all treasures c so that these words containe a third adiunct of the Gospell and that is singular perfection of wisdome Note heere with what feeling the Apostle speakes when he fals vpon the
must be circumcised by the painefull mortification of sinne and the painefull casting away of sin as a wretched fore-skin and that wee should suffer affliction of spirit for sin till our hearts were as sore as were the Shecchemites bodies 4. That wee are adopted into Gods fauour and communion with Saints and distinguished from all other men 5. That all holinesse of life and forgiuenesse of sinne must be had in societie with the seed of Abraham 6. That through bearing the crosse the first fruites of our bloud should be ready to be offered for him that died for vs. The end of circumcision The ends why circumcision was appointed were 1. To teach them by signification the things before mentioned 2. To be as a sacrament initiatorie to let them into the Church 3. To be a partition wall between them and the Gentiles and as fetters to restraine them from society with them 4. To binde them to keepe the whole Law d Gal 5.3 5. To be a seale both of the righteousnesse of faith e Rom. 4.11 and of their right and possession of the Land of Canaan as a type of heauen f Gen. 17.7 There were three sorts of citizens in the old Church of the Iewes Isralites proselites and religious men Isralites were of the seede of Abraham those were bound to circumcision necessarily g Gen. 17.12.14 Proselites were Gentiles conuerted to the Iewish religion those for the strengthning of their faith did subiect themselues also to circumcision and the ceremoniall law Now there were certaine religious men of the Gentiles conuerted and embraced the couenant of God but were not subiect to circumcision such were Naaman and the Eunuch and others Why it vvas abolished Now this circumcision after the comming of Christ was abolished 1. Because all effusion of bloud must cease when Christs bloud was shed 2. The partition wall was now taken downe and therefore there needed no signe of difference 3. The priesthood was changed and therefore the rites belonging to it also Obiect But Christ himselfe is said to be the Minister of circumcision i Rom. 15. Solut. That was true 1. As hee was giuen to the Iewes by expiation to performe what was promised to their fathers 2. Hee was a minister not of the Law which he abolished and fulfilled in his comming but of the Iewes among whom he was conuersant for he preached not to the Gentiles He was a minister of circumcision that is he was a Preacher among the Iewes as Peter was the Apostle of circumcision Thus of circumcision made with hands Now concerning circumcision made without hands 5. things in this verse may be noted 1. The persons circumcised ye 2. The time are 3. The manner negatiuely set downe without hands 4. The forme of it putting off the body of sinnes of the flesh 5. The efficient cause the circumcision of Christ Note In generall we may note that the case of the Gentiles is not worse then the Iewes we want sacrifices types oracles circumcision c. but wee haue the thing signified 8. Reasons why there be such hard phrases and kindes of speech in Scripture before the law they had the shadow vnder the Law they had the Image after the law we haue the body Quest But what should bee the reason that the holy Ghost in this place and in diuers others vseth such hard phrases and darke kindes of speech Answ The Lord of himselfe in many places of Scripture doth vse allegories or darke sayings 1. Thereby to execute vpon wicked men a strange and secret curse He speaks to them in parables k Math. 13. Esay 6. 2. The maiestie of the matter sometimes denieth to be exprest in more ordinarie termes 3. In allegories the holy Ghost doth not only tell the thing but explicate it by comparisons as here 4. The hard places of Scripture are Gods chests wherein he hides his treasure from wicked men 5. God hereby prouides for the constant nourishment of the faithfull that though now they finde a sweet rellish in the word yet if they come againe to the same word there is such depths in it they may finde more food in it 6. God somewhat aimes at the humbling of the proud heart of man and will hereby make him see his wants and many waies buffet him 7. To excite in vs so much the more diligence 8. Some parts of Scripture are for an appointed time l Heb. 2.3 and till then they are sealed vp So a vaile is yet drawne ouer some parts of the Reuelation in things not yet accomplished so it was in Daniels time m Dan. 12.8 Thus in generall Circumcision without hands is a wonderfull worke of the spirit of grace What circumcision vvithout hands is wrought by the word vpon the members of Christ vpon their receiuing into the mysticall body by which corruption of nature is wounded beloued sins cast away with sorrow and the sinner receiued into an euerlasting communion with God and his Saints Now that there is such a worke as this in euery childe of God is apparant by these places of Scripture Deut. 10.16 30.6 Ier. 4.4 Rom. 2.26 and this text The first thing here to be considered is the persons both in themselues ye and in their relation to Christ in whom and to other gifts mentioned before and imported in the word also Ye What graces we heare to be in Christs members we must looke to it that they be in vs it was no comfort to the Colossians that others were circumcised with circumcision without hands vnlesse it might be truely so said of them also Which serues for great reproofe of many that neglect the power of all doctrine which is the application of it to themselues but this comes to passe either for want of faith n Heb. 2.1 or through preiudice o Psal 2.3 2 King 9.11 Ier. 29.26 or the slumbring of the spirit or the loue of secret sinne yea many lose the power of the doctrine by wandring obseruation how it may sute vnto others In whom Circumcision without hands is onely found in such as are actually in Christ they only wound corruption of nature and cast away beloued sinnes with sorrow this is the difference betweene temporarie faith and iustifying faith There are three sorts of hearers in the Citie Some wholly prophane such as will mend nothing nor like to heare of mending Some openly sincere professing constantly this circumcision without hands A third sort partaking of the properties of both the former for they agree with the best in these things 1. In the loue of the ministerie and Ministers that preach faithfully 2. In the taste of the powers of the life to come finding the word often of singular power so as they receiue it with ioy and great admiration 3. In the defence of the truth they seeme as forward as any these are neere the kingdom of God as the Scribe was these are
and Christians whatsoeuer become of vs in our outward estate This body of Christ is commended for three things ornament vnion and growth and well are all put together for not one can bee without the other especially the first and the third cannot be without the second It is no wonder Christians cannot grow nor be furnished if they bee not knit to Christ they may be neere the body but not of the body There is great difference betweene our best garments and our meanest members the worst member of the body will grow yet the best raiment though it sit neuer so neere will not so is it betweene wicked men professing Christ and the godly that are members of Christ indeed Of these three vnion is of the essence of the body the other two are adiuncts the one needfull to the being the other to the well-being of the Church First therefore of this vnion This vnion is two wayes here set forth 1. That it is in these words knit together 2. How it is in these words by ioynts and bands Knit together The faithfull are knit together 1. with Christ 2. with Christians The priuiledges flovving from our vnion vvith Christ Great is the glory of Christians knit to Christ for from that vnion with him flow many excellent priuiledges such are these 1. The communication of names the body is called sometimes by the name of the head viz. Christ a 1 Cor. 12. and the head by the name of the body viz. Israel b Esay 49. 2. The influence of the vertue of the death and resurrection of Christ c Rom. 6. 3. The inhabitation of the spirit of Christ d Rom. 8. 4. Intercession e 1 Joh. 2.2 5. The communication of the secrets of Christ f 1 Cor. 2.16 6. The testimonie of Iesus g 1 Cor. 1.5 7. Expiation as he is the sacrifice and passeouer offered for vs h 1 Cor. 5.7 8. Consolation in affliction i 2 Cor. 1.5 9. Power against tentations k 2 Cor. 11 9. 10. The anointing or power of office to bee Prophets Kings and Priests vnto God l 2 Cor. 1 2â— 11. Vniuersall grace not in respect of persons that it reacheth to all the members onely but in respect of parts that hee being the fulnesse that filleth all in all things m Eph. 1.27 12. Sympathie all miseries n Heb 2.15 13. The sanctification of all occurrents in life or death o Phil 1.21 14 The resurrection of the body both for matter p Rom. 8.11 and prioritie q 1 Thes 4 16. Lastly the opening of heauen r Heb. 10.24 a lease whereof is granted and sealed and earnest giuen in this life Å¿ Eph. 1.14 Thus of vnion with Christ From their knitting with Christians also arise excellent aduantages and prerogatiues for hereby they haue right to the externall priuiledges of Sion they stand in relation to all Saints they receiue the benefit of the praiers of the whole body and from the knowne Saints they haue the light of example fellowship in the Gospell outward blessings for their sakes assistance in the fight against the world sympathie in afflictions the profit of spirituall mercy counsell consolation admonition c. and lastly a part in their lot By ioynts and bonds The meaning is that Gods seruants are tied together by as neere certaine and sure meanes as any member in the body can bee ioyned to the rest by ioynts and bands Wee are tied to Christ both by his spirit and by faith and hope and holy dâ—sires we are tied to the Church in one spirit in one head in the freedome and vse of his ordinances the word and Sacraments in affection in subordination of callings and in the couenant of grace and in the same lot of inheritance The vses of all follow First if wee bee thus tied to Christ by ioynts and bands then they are to bee reproued that like it so well to be still chained in the bonds of iniquitie and seeke not this holy vnion let them take heede they be not reserued vnto euerlasting bonds But especially the meditation hereof should worke in vs a hatred of fornication and that filthy coupling with an harlot t 1 Cor. 6.15 and we should take heede of offending wounding or wronging the brethren for thereby men sinne against Christ himselfe to whom they are vnited u 1 Co. 8.11.12 and it should separate vs from sinners * 2 Cor. 6.15 and cause vs to striue to shew our selues new creatures x 2 Cor. 5.17 and to seeke those things that are aboue where our head and Sauiour is y Colos 3.1 Here also is great comfort for our vnion with Christ may assure vs that we shall not be destitute of any heauenly gift needfull for this life or the appearing of Christ for present sanctification or future preseruation for God is faithfull who hath called vs to this fellowship with his sonne And seeing we are tied with such ioynts and bands who shall separate vs from the loue of Christ a Rom. 8. Againe are we vnited to Christians and knit together as fellow members then we should be faithfull in the vse of our owne gifts and diligent in our callings for the common good b Rom. 12.6 7 8. to all well-doing to doe it with loue sinceritie and brotherly affection c v. 9 10. yeelding honour to the places and gifts of others d v. 10. with all vprightnesse diligence and respect of Gods glory e v. 11. with hope patience prayer f v. 12. with mercy sympathie and humilitie Thus of vnion ornament followes Furnished The Church is furnished with vnsearchable riches h Eph. 3.9 g v. 13.15.16 with all sorts of spirituall blessings in heauenly things i Eph. 1.3 she is cleansed by the bloud of Christ k Heb. 9.14 Christ is her wisedome righteousnesse and sanctification and redemption l 1 Cor. 1.3 shee is not destitute of any heauenly gift m 2 Cor. 1.6 and this he tooke order for when he ascended on high and led captiuitie captiue n Eph. 4.7 Oh then that the loue of Christ could constraine vs and that the spirit of Christ would inlighten vs to see the riches of our calling and the glorious inheritance of the Saints Thus of ornament growth followeth Increasing with the increase of God Growth is a marueilous glory to Christians The body of Christ groweth 1. In the number of parts or members Wherein the Church groweth men being added daily to the Church 2. In the powerfull vse of the meanes of saluation 3. In grace o 2 Pet. 3. vlt. as knowledge and the like 4. In practise of holy duties q Phil. 1.11 5. In the strength of Christ r Eph. 3.16 Le ts of grovvth p Col. 1.9 10 11. There are many lets of the growth of grace and holinesse in
propagated 4. His obedience was charged with the obseruation of the tree of life and of good and euill Vses The image of grace hath these specialties 1. Faith 2. Godly sorrow 3. The cohabitation of the flesh 4. A feeblenesse and defect in the measure of grace 5. A peculiar kinde of inhabitation of the spirit of Christ Lastly the image of glory hath these differences a freedome like the Angels from all terrene necessities 2. An vtter abolishing of the sinfull flesh and of the very naturall disposition to die 3. A full perfection of all graces 4. A losse of faith and sorrow and all the works of repentance 5. A speciall vnutterable communion with God and good Angels in glory The consideration of this doctrine of Gods image should serue to teach vs to loue and admire all that feare God since the Lord hath graced them with this honour to be like God it is a greater fauour then if they had resembled the noblest Princes that euer were on earth no all the carnall men on earth in all their glory cannot reach to that absolutenesse of excellencie that is in one of the poorest of Gods seruants 2. Since the seat of this glorious resemblance of God is in the heart it should teach vs especially to looke to our hearts and keepe them with all diligence x Pro. 4. euen to be conscionably carefull to see to it what thoughts and affections are lodged there the deuill desires no more aduantage then to haue libertie to erect in the heart houlds for euill thoughts and sensuall desires 3. If it should be our glory to be fashioned after the image of God then it condemnes the abhominable securitie of the most men that are so mindlesse of the repaire of the losse of this diuine gift and in steed thereof with so much care fashion themselues after this world y Rom. 12.2 or after the lusts of their owne and old Ignorance z 1 Pet. 1.14 or after the wills and humors of men a 1 Pet. 4.2 3. How are we bound vnto God for this vnsearchable loue that is pleased to restore vnto vs this diuine gift through the Gospell of Iesus Christ Thus in generall of Gods image But before I passe from these words there is further to be considered first the forme of speech in that he saith not his Image but after his Image 2. The efficient cause noted in those words of him that created him For the first wee must vnderstand that to say man is the Image of God and man is after the image of God Imago ad Imaginem is not all one for man is said to be the Image of God because hee is truely so and hee is said to be after his Image because he is not perfectly so Christ onely resembles God in full perfection Now for the efficient cause of Gods Image he is described heere by a Periphrasis he that created him Man was two waies created first in respect of being and so God created him 2. In respect of new being and so Christ created him b Ephes 2.10 1 Cor. 8.6 neither of these senses can be well excluded And if the words be vnderstood of the first creation then these things may be obserued that Adam was not to be considered as a singular man but as he sustained the person of all mankinde else how could we be said to bee created after Gods image and as in him we receiued this image so by him we lost it 2. That the interest we haue now to creation is not sufficient to saluation and therefore they are grossely deceiued that thinke God must needes saue them because hee made them 3. That the Lord would haue the doctrine of the worke of Creation to be remembred and much thought vpon by conuerted Christians and the rather because it serues for great vse in our regeneration For it furthers both repentance and faith and therefore in diuers places of Scripture where the holy Ghost intreats of doctrine of repentance and faith the word Create is metaphorically vsed to assure vs that God will performe his promise though it were as hard a worke as to create all things at first Thus he hath promised to create a cleane heart c Psalm 51. and to create the fruite of the lips to be peace d Esay 57.19 and to create vpon euery place of Mount Sion and vpon the assemblies thereof a cloude and smoake by day and the shining of a flaming fire by night that vpon all the glory may be a defence e Esay 4.5 and to create light f Esay 45.7 and deliuerance out of afflictions Besides the doctrine of the creation teacheth vs the feare of that dreadfull maiestie that was able to worke so wonderfully g Psal 33.7 and 8.9 and it inforceth humilitie by shewing that we are made of the dust in respect of our bodies and that our soules were giuen vs of God with all the gifts we haue in our mindes as also by giuing vs occasion to consider the image of God that we haue lost and thus of creation as it is referred to God Secondly it may be referred to Christ and so be vnderstood of our regeneration which is as it were a re-creation or a new creation and in this sense it shewes that we should conforme our selues to the likenesse of him that doth regenerate vs by his word and spirit But may some one say is there any difference betwixt the image of God in vs and the image of Christ in vs I answer that to be fashioned after the image of Christ hath two things in it more then is properly in conformitie to Gods image for wee must be like him in sufferings h Rom. 8.19 And secondly in the impressions of the vertue of his death and resurrection i Rom. 6. Phil. 3. And thus of the tenth Verse VERS 11. Where is neither Graecian nor Iew circumcision nor vncircumcision Barbarian Scythian bond free but Christ is all in all things THis Verse may containe an other reason to perswade to mortification and holy life And the reason may be taken from the great respect God hath of true grace in Christ and the little loue or care he hath for any thing else a Barbarian a Scythian a bond-man if he haue grace shall be accepted wheras a Graecian a Iew a free-man without grace is without respect with God Christ is all It may be the Apostle here meets with the false Apostles that so much vrged the obseruation of Iewish rites stand so much vpon it to diuert the people from the sound care of reformation of life by filling their heads with questions and vaine wrangling about the law whereas the Apostle shewes men may be absolute and compleat in these outward obseruances and yet their circumcision auailes them nothing before God Here are then euidently two things in this verse first what it is God stands not vpon 2. What it is
20. 2.19 of Ministers and people with their duties chap. 1.25.28 2.1 and in diuers other places Thus of the subiect also The degrees of grace in the third estate are 1. vocation 2. faith 3. remission of sinnes 4. sanctification of vocation chap. 3.15 of faith chap 1.4.23 2.12 of remission of sinnes chap. 1.14 2.13 of sanctification in both parts both mortification chap. 3.5.8 and viuification chap. 2.13 3.10 Thus of the estate of grace The fourth and last estate of man is the estate of glorie which stands of three degrees 1. resurrection 2. the last iudgement and 3. life eternall of resurrection chap. 1.18 of the last iudgement and eternall glory chap. 3.4 And thus of the first part of the patterne of wholesome words and that is faith now followeth the second and that is loue Loue comprehends all the duties we owe to God or men as being the bond of perfection which ties together all holy seruices Loue must bee considered both in the adiuncts and in the sorts of it The adiuncts are constancie wisedom zeale care to auoide offences and the like of loue in generall chap. 1.4 2.2 3.14 of constancie ch 2.6 of zeale chap. 4.13 of wisdome and care to auoide offences chap. 4.5 thus of the adiuncts The sorts of works comprehended vnder loue are two chiefly 1. works of worship 2. workes of virtue The works of worship are either internall onely or externall and internall also The internall are the acknowledging of God the loue of God the feare of God the trust or hope in God and which floweth from thence patience of the acknowledgement of God chap. 1.9 10. of the loue of God chap. 1.8 of the feare of God chap. 3.22 of the hope in God chap. 1.5 of patience chap. 1.11 The workes of worship that are both externall and internall are praier and thankesgiuing of prayer chap. 4.2 3. of thankesgiuing chap. 3.17 Thus of workes of worship Workes of virtue either concerne our selues or others the workes that concerne our selues are chiefly two the studie of heauenly things and temperance Temperance containes chastitie and sobriety in the vse of all sorts of earthly things of the studie of heauenly things chap. 3.1 2. of chastitie ch 3.5 of sobriety ch 3.2 Thus of vertue that concernes our selues Works of virtue towards others are chiefly nine Mercy curtesie humilitie meekenesse long-suffering clemencic peaceablenes thankfulnes and iustice of the first eight of these chap. 3.12 to 16. Now Iustice is either publike or priuate publike Iustice is in Magistrates of which chap. 2.5 priuate Iustice is either commutatiue in bargaining or distributiue in giuing that which is right to euery one according to his degree and so distributiue Iustice is either ciuill or oeconomicall Priuate Iustice in ciuill conuersation with men abroad is either to Magistrates of which chap. 1.5 or to all men and so consists of truth and faithfulnes with sincerity and obseruance oeconomical Iustice is that which concernes the houshold and so containes the duties of husbands and wiues children and parents seruants and masters of which chap. 3.18 to the end with the first verse of chap. 4. Thus also of Loue. Thus I haue shewed the excellent compleatnes of this worthy scripture it remaines that I declare some of the reasons that haue emboldned me to make choice of your Honors names for the dedication of my exposition vpon this scripture Three things swaying Godly men in like case haue compelled mee protection obseruance and thankfulnes the preaching of this doctrine as by the mercy of God it wrought abundant consolation and comfortable reformation in many hearers so did it seldom rest from the assaults and calumnies which one while prophanenesse another while enuie powred out vpon it Great cause there is therfore that it comming out now to a more publike view should seeke shelter and of whom should I seeke it or hope for it sooner then of your Honors who are pleased by your daily countenance to assure me a iust patronage For the second to omit the high reputation which the religious eminencie of both your ancestors hath set your Honors in and the praises of many singular endowments and gifts in which you doe worthily excell there are two things wherein your Honors daily winne a great increase of obseruance the one is pietie towards God the other mercie towards the poore The loynes of the poore daily blesse your Honors and their mouthes daily pray for you Your piety is many waies exprest to omit many vndoubted proofes of it your Lordship hath much confirmed the perswasion of your religious disposition by your daily and affectionate respect of the word of God and praier in priuate since the Lord hath made you lesse able to resort more frequently to the publike assemblies And Madam what thanks can wee euer sufficiently giue vnto God for that rare and worthy example with which your Ladishippe doth comfort and incourage the hearts of many in your care of Gods sabaoths in your neuer-failing attendance vpon the ordinances of God with the congregation morning and euening not only in your owne person but with your whole familie For the third I doe ingenuously professe before God and men that I hold my obligation vnto your Honors in the iust debt of seruice and gratitude to be so great as the labour here imployed is no way answerable to a meete discharge no though it had bin taken only for your Honors vse for to omit the debt which I am in for a great part of my maintenance and that singular incouragment I reape daily in your Honors respect of my ministerie what thankes can euer be sufficient or what seruice can euer be enough for that incomparable benefit which I haue and shall euer esteeme the greatest ouâ—wâ—â—â— blessâ—â—g did euer befall mee and which Madam by your Hâ—â—â—â—s singular care and furtherance after an admiral 〈◊〉 â—anâ—â—r I obteined I meane the cleaning of my reputation from the vniust aspersions of my aduersaries and that by thâ— mouth and pen of the Lords annointed my most dread Seueraigne whom the God of heauen with all abundance of royall and diuine blessings recompence in all earthly felicitie and eternall glory And the same God of Peace and Father of mercies sanctifie your Honors wholy that your whole spirits and soules and bodies may be preserued blamelesse vnto the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ faithfull is hee that hath called you who also will doe it And I doubt not but God that hath inriched your Honors with the true grace that is in Iesus Christ will daily winne vnto you increase of honor from your perseuerance in well-doing so as thanksgiuing for your sakes shall bee abundantly giuen vnto God by many Thus in most humble manner crauing your Honors acceptance and patronage of this worke I end and shall reioyce to remaine Your Honors Chaplaine to be commanded in all seruice NI BYFIELD THE ARGVMENT OF this Epistle to
the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ remembring you earnestly and constantly in our daily Prayers being exceedingly fired and inflamed since we heard by continuall and true report of your precious Faith by which you haue with firmenesse and stedfastnesse of assurance laide hold vpon IESVS CHRIST for life and righteousnesse and the rather because wee likewise heard of your holy affection to such as haue separated themselues from the prophanenesse of the world to the seruice of God especially considering that you haue not the glorious Faith of Christ in respect of persons but loue all the Saints as well as any And as a People not destitute of any sauing Grace Verse 5. For the hopes sake which is laid vp for you in heauen whereof ye haue heard before by the word of truth which is the Gospell wee reioyce to heare of that liuely hope by which you haue laid hold on the Promise of eternall glory which God the Father hath prepared and laide vp in Heauen And the more are we confirmed in this resolution constantly to praise GOD for these excellent Graces because they are not sodaine Fancies or presumptuous Conceits raised out of the Forge of your owne braine or conceiued for some corrupt or carnall ends but were indeede begotten in you by the mighty working of the most sweet Doctrine of Reconciliation proued in it selfe and by effect to be a Word of Truth euen that word of the LORD long foretolde now truely reuealed and accomplished also begetting the true forme of pietie in you with constancie and true vprightnesse both of heart and life Verse 6. Which is come vnto you euen â—s it is vnto all the world and â—s fruitful as it is also among you from the day that yee heard and truely knew the grace of God This is the word of Reconciliation which is come vnto you as by incredible power and swiftnesse it is now to the greatest part of the world euen to people of all sorts and Nations causing them to shew the soundnesse of their Conuersion by the daily fruits of amendment of life and this increaseth continually in all places as it doth and hath done with you since the very first day that you truely heard and effectually beleeued this rich Doctrine of the grace of GOD. Verse 7. As yee also learned of Epaphras our deare fellow seruant which is for you a faithfull Minister of Christ And this very Doctrine which you haue heard of Epaphras is the selfe same diuine truth that is gone all abroad the world of Epaphras I say whom wee all reuerence as our deare fellow-Seruant being assured that he is for your best good a faithfull and most humble Minister of Iesus Christ Verse 8. Who hath also declared vnto vs your loue which yee haue by the Spirit Verse 9. For this cause wee also since the day wee heard of it cease not to pray for you and to desire that yee might be fulfilled with knowledge of his will in all wisedome and spirituall vnderstanding Verse 10. That yee might walke worthy of the Lord please him in all things being fruitfull in all good workes and increasing in the knowledge of God Hee hath with great contentment boasted of you in reporting to vs your spirituall and heauenly affection to God and godlinesse and one towards another and for the same cause since the first time we heard of your praises in the Gospell wee haue beene importunate without ceasing praying for you and beseeching God to increase in you and make compleate your knowledge of his reuealed will not only for contemplation but for practise also with a gracious experience of the working of the Spirit That yee might carry your selues in a holy eminency of godly conuersation striuing to proportion your Obedience in a greater degree then ordinary as might become the great measure of Gods Mercies of all sorts towards you expressing a liuely kinde of pleasingnesse both in carriage towards God and man being refreshed with the sweetnes of acceptation in your seruices and that you might extend your carefulnesse to beare fruit not in one kinde or some few but in all kindes and sorts of good workes daily increasing in a holy acquaintance with the sacred nature of God which is both the effect and cause of all comfortable progresse in holy life Verse 11. Strengthened with all might through his glorious power vnto all patience and long-suffering with ioyfulnes That so growing vp to a ripe age in CHRIST in the sanctification both of soule and body and spirit in all the Graces and Duties of CHRIST and Christian life through the assistance of the glorious power of GOD in the vse of all meanes and helpes appointed of God yee might accomplish your most holy profession with singular comfort and contentment being able cheerefully and with all patience and Long-suffering to beare the Crosses Tentations Infirmities Persecutions and whatsoeuer Wrongs or Indignities might befall you waiting for the Promise of GOD being neuer weary of well-doing And as wee haue thought good thus to let you vnderstand our loue towards you and our reioycing for the prosperity of your soules Verse 12. Giuing thankes vnto the Father which hath made vs meâ—te to bee partakers of the inheritance of the Saints in light so wee thought good to write vnto you both to put you in minde of the most holy doctrine of CHRIST as also to exhort and beseech you to be constant in the Faith and hope you haue receiued without listening to the entising speeches of false Teachers which as wicked Seducers would beguile your soules of that high prise of your most holy Calling What thankes can we euer sufficiently giue vnto GOD the Father of CHRIST and Christians that of his meere Grace and free Loue hath by a holy Calling made vs in his account meete to haue a Lot in that heauenly Canaan in that sweet and eternall fellowship with the spirits of the iust not onely reuealed vnto vs in this light of the Gospell but to be inioyed by vs in the light of Heauen And hath also already deliuered vs from that wofull estate Vers 13. Who hath deliuered vs from the power of darkenesse and hath translated vs into the Kingdome of his deare Sonne in which the darkenesse of Gentilisme and Sinne and Ignorance and Aduersitie and Death and Damnation had power ouer vs hath translated vs into the Kingdome of Iesus Christ the Son of his loue inrolling our names among the liuing and accounting vs as Subiects of this Kingdome of Grace and Heyres euen Coheyres with Christ of the glory to be reuealed And howsoeuer our Sanctification be as yet vnperfect Verse 14. In whom wee haue redemption through his bloud that is the forgiuenes of sinnes yet are we not onely bought with a price but effectually and truely redeemed and in some sort fully too for in our Iustification we are perfectly reconciled and all our sins absolutely forgiuen
of the world and worldly occasions Fourthly his last signe is that hee did set the Lord alwaies before him hee could be content to walke euer in Gods presence and to haue him the witnesse of his actions hee was not carefull onely to approue himselfe to men as wicked men may doe but his chiefe care was to walke in all good conscience before God Lastly in the fourth of Esay Esay 4.3.4 the Prophet fore-tels of men that vnder the Gospell should bee called holy or Saints and these hee describes by their happinesse they shall be written among the liuing in Ierusalem and by their holines which will discouer it selfe by these signes first they are not acquainied with the damnable and hatefull extenuations and qualifications of sinnes they are not heard to say it is a little sinne a small fault no their sinnes in their eyes are filthinesse and bloud Secondly they are men that haue felt the power of GOD in the practise of mortification they are new creatures they are washed and purged Thirdly the Spirit of God in them hath beene a Spirit of Iudgement and a Spirit of burning a Spirit of Iudgement not onely in respect of knowledge and illumination but also because it hath kept an Assize in the soule of the sinner hee hath beene arraigned indicted and hath pleaded guilty and beene condemned a Spirit of burning both in respect of the inward purifying of the heart from the drosse that cleaues vnto it as also in respect of zeale and ardor for the glory of God And thus farre of the first thing giuen vnto the people of God they are Saints Now followeth the second The acceptations of the word faithfull Faithfull This worde is diuersly attributed in Scripture It is giuen to a 2 Cor. 1. God and God is said to be faithfull in the accomplishment of his promises It is giuen to b Reuel 19.11 Christ and hee is called faithfull and true It is giuen to the c Psal 89.37 Psal 19 7. 111.7 Sunne in the Firmament because it keepeth his certaine course It is giuen to the Word of God so as whatsoeuer it promiseth or threatneth men may certainely binde vpon it for heauen and earth may faile but one iot of it shall not faile Lastly it is giuen to Men especially and most ordinarily to such men as are true beleeuers and walke in all good conscience both before God and Men and as it is thus taken the words of the holy Ghost Prou. 20.6 Prou. 20.6 may be taken vp Many men will boast euery one of his owne goodnes but who can finde a faithfull man These are they that Dauid so earnestly searcheth for and hauing found them doth so stedfastly set his eyes vpon them and entertaineth them into his Court Psal 101.6 Psal 101.6 The names of these wee doe for the most part take vpon our selues but the signes of these are but sparingly found amongst vs. That we may examine our selues I will consider what is required of vs that we may shew our selues faithfull Faithfulnesse in spirituall things Hereunto fiue things are requisite The Christian mans faithfulnesse ought to shew it selfe first in spirituall things secondly in temporall things vnto faithfulnesse in spirituall things fiue things are requisite First faith in Christ to get sound reasons from the Word and Spirit of God and a sure euidence for the particular perswasion of the heart that God in Christ is graciously reconciled with the sinner He cannot bee a faithfull man that hath not a iustifying Faith all that time of a mans life onely receiueth hee this honour to be accounted faithfull when aboue all things hee trauels after the sense of Gods fauour in the forgiuenes of his sinnes Secondly faithfulnesse stands in the performance of all those Promises Purposes and Vowes which men in their distresse inward or outward doe make vnto God Psal 78. And therefore the Israelites are charged not to bee faithfull because when the wrath of God turned vpon them and the strongest of them were slaine and their chosen men were smitten and that their daies did consume in vanitie and their yeeres hastilie then they crie vnto him and seeke him in their distresse they returne and seeke him earelie they acknowledge that GOD is their strength and the most High their Redeemer but when the Lord had beene mercifull vnto them forgiuen their iniquities so as hee destroyed them not and called backe his anger then they returned and prouoked the LORD againe they flattered him with their tongue they tempted GOD and sinned still and therefore they are censured thus Their heart was not vpright neyther were they faithfull in Gods Couenant Thirdly it shewes it selfe in constant sincerity in Gods worship when men will worship God according to the rules of his reuealed will without mixture of mens inuentions or the customary sinnes of prophanenesse and hypocrisie Hos 11. vlt. And thus Iudah is said to be faithfull with Gods Saints because as yet the worship of God was preserued amongst them in the auncient puritie in which the old Patriarkes and Saints did sincerely worship the God of their Fathers hee is a faithfull man that will worship God no otherwise then the Saints haue done that is precisely according to his will reuealed in his Word Fourthly faithfulnesse is exercised in the conscionable imployment of the Gifts Graces and Talents receiued in our generall calling to Gods glory the increase of our gifts and the inriching of our soules with true spirituall gaine And thus hee is said to bee a good Seruant and faithfull that hauing receiued fiue Talents hath gained with them fiâ—e moâ— Mat. 25.21.23 or two Talents and doth gaine two moe and this we doe when hauing receiued Knowledge Faith Loue Hope Patience Spirit of Prayer c. wee doe by a constant and daily practise bring them out into exercise for our selues and for others Thus doing two commodities wee shall reape first it is a signe of our faithfulnesse secondly the gifts will increase and to him that hath such gifts to vse them shall be more giuen Lastly faithfulnesse shewes it selfe in mens sinceritie diligence constancie and care to promote and further the causes of God and the Church with the conscionable discharge of all such dueties as belong vnto such seruice Thus Timothy is praised to bee faithfull in the Lord 1 Cor. 4.17 1 Cor. 4.17 And thus the Apostle and Apostolicall men were faithfull when they could doe nothing against the truth but for the truth and thus men are faithfull that can patiently beare 2 Cor. 11.8 and willingly take vp the Crosse of Christ and that daily so as they may further the building vp Luke 9.23 and edification of Gods people Those then are not faithfull that doe the worke of the Lord negligently that set their hands to the plough and looke backe that minde their owne things honours pleasures profits and preferments and those that
to CHRIST 1 To Christ then it should teach vs two things first to liue comfortably for an higher estâ—te of Vse 1 excellencie canst thou not haue secondly to liue nobly like the Sonnes of Vse 2 the most High not basely like the Sonnes of the Earth Why wallowest thou in base and filthy pleasures why dotest thou vpon vncertaine and sinfull profits why doth thy heart degenerate to regard and so aspire after worldly preferment Remember whence thou art descended and with whom alyed Romanes 8. and walke as becomes the coheyre of Christ Secondly 2 To the Apostle are they Brethren to the Apostles and other great Gouernours of the Church it should then teach Ministers Magistrates and Masters of Families so to rule as to remember that they rule their brethren Vse neyther to neglect their good for why should thy brother perish nor with proud insolency or tyrannie eyther in correction or seuere carriage to Lord it ouer them Thirdly are they Brethren to the Saints abroad 3 To the Saints abroad and are they of the same familie with them then it should teach them to pray for them and to lay the distresses of other Saints and Churches to their hearts for though they be remoued in place and carnall knowledge yet are they neere in the mysticall vnion if it be considered that the same Mother bare them and the same Father begat them Lastly are they Brethren to the Saints at home 4 To the Saints at home then they should learne to conuerse brotherly to liue and loue together as becommeth Saints and Brethren Oh that it could sinke into mens mindes or that this were written in mens hearts then could there be nothing more glorious and comfortable in this earth then this communion of Saints especially in the fellowship of the Gospell In Christ Men are said to be in CHRIST three waies first as the Plant in the Stocke Iohn 15 secondly as the Member in the body 1 Cor. 12.12 thirdly as the Wife is one with the Husband Ephes 5.25 Dost thou aske then how thou maist get into Christ How thou maist get into Christ Ans Obserue three things First before thou canst be ingrafted into Christ thou must be cut off the old tree eyther a new man or no man eyther lose the World or neuer finde Christ eyther disarme thy selfe of all vaine confidence loue delight and support from the world and wordly men or the arme of the Lord will neuer beare thee vp and nourish thee Secondly a true Member is not but by generation in nature nor canst thou be a true member of Christ but by regeneration great oddes between a wodden legge though neuer so exquisitely made and a true legge all members in Creation be begotten and in Grace begotten againe Thirdly as they are not Man and Wife where there is no sure making by Contract or Marriage going before so neyther can any be in Christ vnlesse hee be receiued vnto the Couenant of Grace and as it is a mad thing in Nature for any woman to say Such a man is my Husband for hee is a kinde man and did cast his eye vpon mee or did me a pleasure at such a time c. So it is as great spirituall madnesse for any Soule to plead interest in Christ when they can alleadge no more but his generall loue to man or that hee offered Grace to vs in the Word and Sacraments or that wee together with the Gospell receiued outward blessings or such like when men can shew no contract no mutuall entercourse betweene CHRIST and the SOVLE no manner of euidence for their hopes no witnesses from the Word Spirit or Children of God for their spitituall Marriage Againe would a man know whether hee bee in Christ Who are in Christ these Comparisons likewise resolue his doubt by a three-fold Answere first hee is in Christ if he blossome grow and beare fruit euen such fruit as is to eternall life If a man bee abundant in the workes of the Lord and grow in such graces as are communicated onely to the faithfull hee is certainely a true Plant in this Stocke for by growing and fruit is the Plant that is ingrafted knowne from the sprigge that is lopped off and lyeth by and is withered A life barren and void of the workes of Pietie and Mercy is a manifest signe that the person is not in Christ Secondly if there be in our soules the sense and feeling and motion of spirituall life then are wee members for in a wodden legge is there no sense nor naturall motion When men haue as much sense and feeling sauour and delight in the things of the Spirit as the Word Prayer fellowship in the Gospell with the exercises of holy Graces in the duties of Gods worship or things otherwise belonging to the Kingdome of Christ as the carnall man hath in the profits Romanes 8. pleasures and fleshly things of this world These certainely are men after the Spirit and by the Spirit mystically vnited to Christ the head and on the other side a more plaine and palpable signe cannot be giuen to proue demonstratiuely that a man is not in Christ then when a man findes no taste hath no feeling can take no delight in spirituall Meanes Graces or Persons and yet is easily affected with the least profits and delights of the world Thirdly it will appeare by the holy communion betweene Christ and the faithfull Soule by his co-habitation and spirituall entercourse when Christ meetes a Christian with holy Comforts with heauenly refreshings with sacred answeres with spirituall direction and other sacred signes of the presence of Christ in the vse of the meanes sporting himselfe with the Christian Soule this entercourse I say this secret and chamber-meeting these inward and hearty feelings wrought by the Worde and Sacraments by Prayer and Fasting by Reading and Conference are certaine and sure signes and seales to prooue a marriage going before And thus farre of the foure titles giuen to the Children of God and also of the second thing viz. the persons saluted Now followeth the Salutation it selfe Grace and Peace be vnto you from God the Father and from the Lord Iesus Christ Of Salutations IT hath beene an ancient custome both in the Iewish Christian Pagan world to beginne Letters and Epistles with Salutations and in these they were wont to wish to their Friends that which was accounted the chiefest good Hence the Heathen as they were opinionated about the chiefe good they did differently wish good things to their friends in their salutations Some wished health 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 some wished welfare or safetie some to doe well some ioy and a merry life as they were eyther Stoickes or Epicures But the Apostle finding that true felicitie was in none of these doth religiously wish that which in the Kingdome of Christ was in greatest request viz. Grace and Peace The acceptations of the word
value it should teach vs when Grace is offered in the meanes or any way bestowed by Gods Spirit 1 Cor. 6.1 neuer to receiue it in vaine so as it should be tendered without effect or kept without aduantage but especially let it euer be farre from vs to turne the grace of God into wantonnesse Iude 4. to abuse either the promises of Grace or the pledges of Gods Loue to become either bawds for perseuerance in sinne or props to secure and bolde presumption And aboue all things wee should with all watchfulnesse take heede of wronging the Spirit of Grace Heb. 10. eyther by resisting tempting greening quenching or dispising it And further wee should learne by all good meanes as constant hearing 2 Tim 1.6 2 Tim. 2.1 prayer reading conference and meditation to stirre vp the Graces giuen vs to labour for spirituall strength in Grace and to search so carefully into the euidence of Faith for what wee haue and Hope for what wee want as neuer to giue ouer to examine our selues by the signes and promises of Gods Loue till our hearts were setled and stablished in Grace Lastly Gods Children should solace themselues in the feeling and experimentall knowledge of Gods grace Iob 15.11.12 so as their hearts should neuer carry them away to make them account the Consolations of God small or to despise the Grace giuen them but rather in the middest of all combats with temptations within or afflictions without to support their Soules with that gratious Promise My Grace shall bee sufficient for you 2 Cor. 12.9 and my Power made knowne in your weakenesse Peace The second thing here wished for and to bee desired of all that loue their owne good is Peace that is tranquillity of heart with other spirituall blessings accompanying it with outward things also so farre as they may further our happinesse but the Scripture layes a restraint vpon the getting of this peace and giues rules for the vse of it For if euer wee would haue Peace wee must first be righteous persons that is men that are broken in heart for our sinnes humbled at Gods feete for forgiuenesse and such as hang vpon the Worde of GOD to receiue the certaine meanes of our soules reconciliation and the righteousnesse of CHRIST imputed vnto vs such as to whom there is a way and their path is holy Esay 35.8 But on the other side vnto the wicked is no peace and they are taken by the Prophet for wicked men that are neuer humbled in the duties of Mortification for sinne that in the hardnesse of their hearts frustrate the power of Gods Ordinances so as they cannot worke vpon them Esay 57.21 these haue no Peace neyther with GOD Angels men the Creatures or their owne Consciences Againe hast thou gotten peace and tranquility of heart euen rest and ease from CHRIST then let this peace preserue thy heart and minde Phil. 4.6 Col. 3.15 and let it rule Be carefull to reiect all matters in thoughts or opinion in affections or desires in words or actions that it might any way interrupt thy peace but by all meanes nourish it delight in it and let it guide to all holy meditations and affections and gainefull practises and endeuours Let the peace of thy heart and Gods spirituall blessing be a rule for all thy actions And lastly with all good Conscience and holy conuersation hold out that when Christ shall come eyther by particular Iudgement to thee in death or by generall iudgement to the whole world in the last day 2 Pet 3.14 Esay 9.6.7 Luke 1.79 thou maist be found of him in Peace so shall Christ be vnto thee a Prince of Peace and guide thy feet for euer into the way of Peace And thus farre of the good things he wisheth vnto them now follow the efficient causes viz from God the Father and our Lord Iesus Christ Diuers things may be here obserued First a proofe of the Trinitie or at the least a plaine proofe of two persons the Father and the Sonne vnited in one essence Secondly GOD is here plainely affirmed to be a Father and that hee is in diuers respects first to all by Creation secondly to all the faithfull by Adoption thirdly to Christ by the grace of Vnion as man and a naturall Father as God Thirdly heere wee may obserue that grace and blessings must not bee looked vpon without some honourable meditation of God and Christ the giuers Fourthly seeing beleeuers haue a God a Father a Christ a Sauiour a Lord they are sure to be in a happy case and may haue what is needfull if they will seeke for it Fiftly wee may obserue we can haue no comfort in the enioying or hope of any fauour or blessing spirituall or temporall vnlesse first God be our Father secondly we be in Christ Lastly if GOD be a Father and CHRIST a Lord it stands vs vpon to looke to it that we performe both honour and seruice And thus of the Salutation The Preface followeth Verse 3. Wee giue thankes to God euen the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ alwaies praying for you The Diuision THE Salutation hath beene handled already the Preface followeth and is contained in this Verse and those that follow to the 12. Verse in which the end and drift of the Apostle is to winne affection to the Doctrine afterwards to be propounded and this he doth by shewing his exceeding great loue to them which he demonstrates by two things which hee did for them viz. he both gaue thankes vnto God in their behalfe and also made many a prayer for them which spirituall duties are better kindnesses and signes of true affection and respect then all ciuill curtesies or outward complements are or can be These things in the Preface are first generally set downe in this Verse and then particularly enlarged in the Verses afterwards first the Thanksgiuing from ver 4. to the 9. Secondly Prayer v. 9.10.11 In this Verse hee doth two things â—â—rst hee giues thankes Secondly he prayes In the Thankesgiuing consider first what hee doth in these words Wee giue thankes Secondly to whom he doth it in these words To God euen the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ Thus farre of the order of the words The Doctrines follow which must bee considered generally from the whole Verse and specially from the seuerall words Two generall Doctrines The first generall Doctrine is this that it is not enough to salute others kindly but we must doe and performe the sound duties of loue this is from the coherence and condemnes the sinfull barrennesse of many that know a necessity of no duties of loue vnlesse it be to salute curteously Secondly wee see heere that Tyrants may take away the benefit of hearing reading conference and such like but they cannot hinder vs of praying Paul can pray and giue thankes in prison for himselfe and others as well as euer before Let wicked men doe their worst
c. 1 Corin. 13.3 Lastly for that grace by which felicitie and the thiefe good is applied and thus it is called the faith of Gods Elect Tit. 1.2 and by Diuines iustifying Faith Secondly there are diuers sorts of Faith The sorts of Faith I will not speake of Faith generall or speciall infused or acquired formed and vnformed but leaue them to the troublesome Schoole-men onely I rest in the vsuall distribution which hath ground in Scripture thus Faith is Historicall Temporary of Miracles and iustifying First Historicall Faith Historicall Faith is to beleeue the doctrine of the word of GOD to be true and therein is supernaturall and differeth from all humane knowledge whatsoeuer neither is it in the power of Nature alone to perswade men that the Scriptures are Gods word further then the remnants of Gods former image doe giue a glimpse of it and is cleared by the spirit of generall illumination This Historicall Faith doth both vnderstand the Doctrine and giue assent that it is true yet doth not iustifie and therefore their case is so much the more fearefull that haue not so much as their ignorance any way redressed nor gotten so much as any knowledge by the Word of God Secondly Temporary Faith Temporary Faith goeth yet further for such as haue that Faith doe not onely get knowledge and yeeld assent to the truth but also professe the truth with some earnestnesse not sticking at it to giue their names in some more speciall manner then others to a respect of Religion yea they reioyce inwardly in the doctrine of the Word and lastly bring forth some kinde of fruit and amend some faults Luke 8.13 Heb. 6.4.5 onely because the Word of GOD would haue them so to doe Therefore is this Faith vnprofitable because they neuer had the particular assurance of Gods fauour in forgiuenes of sins nor will bee brought to dislike much lesse to humble their soules for those speciall sinnes wherein they haue transgressed but nourish some one particular presumptuous sinne or sinnes which raigning in them doth wholly engrosse and take vp that inward worship which is due to God onely And this is the Faith of our better sort of people Thirdly Faith of Miracles Faith of Miracles was that Faith by which many in the Primitiue Church were able to worke Miracles and was of two sorts eyther Faith to heale or Faith to be healed this Faith may bee in such as are reprobates as Matth. 7. some shall say Haue wee not cast out Deuils by thy name to whom Christ shall answer Depart I know you not Fourthly but that Faith in the enioying of which is comfort for euermore is iustifying Faith Iustifying Faith The nature of this Faith will appeare if wee consider The Obiects The Parts The Degrees of it The obiects of Faith First of the Obiects this Faith may be perceiued by that which it carrieth the minde vnto and from which it seeketh the comfort of the chiefe good and thus the obiect is three-fold The Merits of Christ The Promises of God The Prouidence of God So that wouldest thou trie thy Faith consider then what it is that thou makest thy refuge and the foundation of thy comfort What is it that thou most laboured after is it the assurance of Gods fauour by the application of Christ is it the distinct applying of such and such promises of life in Scripture dost thou liue by thy Faith in the course of life if so thou hast met with the right Faith without Christ it is not possible to attaine the chiefe good neyther is it enough to beleeue that Christ dyed for sinners c. vnlesse we labour in the day of our visitation for the certaine and particular apprehension of the efficacie and merit of Christs righteousnesse for the particular assurance of Gods fauour in remitting such and such our transgressions And because it is not easie at all times to discerne by the working of the Spirit of Adoption the imputation of righteousnesse from Christ therefore hath the Lord discussed the cases of conscience so comfortably in Scripture that if men examine themselues before the conditions of Gods promises they may finde in diuers of them the cleare determining of their estate Here may bee iustly taxed the grosse ouer-sight and securitie of many otherwise the deare Seruants of God that are no better acquainted with the promises of life vpon the truth of which depends their happinesse and both present and future comfort And lastly by the same Faith whereby the iust are saued by the selfe same they liue in the course of life in this world the ground of his Faith for his preseruation is the prouidence of his God whiles the men of this world wonderfully please themselues in sacrificing to their nets ascribing in their affections the stay of their maintenance vnto their labour friends inheritance c. The Parts of Faith Secondly that the nature of this Faith may yet bee further opened the Parts of it must be considered Faith is eyther in the minde or in the heart and by the change of both it may be discerned Faith in the minde In the minde it shewes it selfe in two things Knowledge Iudgement There is something in the very illumination of the Vnderstanding of the Saints which is of the nature of Faith Hence it is that the Prophet Isay saith of Christ Isay 53.11 By his knowledge he shall iustifie many that is make iust Iudgement is either of truth or of goodnesse Iudgement of truth is when we giue glory so farre forth to the way of life and the meanes of Reconciliation that our hearts being conuinced our vnderstandings doe clearely resolue that this is the way to bee happie and no other Iudgement of goodnesse is when we doe not onely beleeue the Doctrine of happinesse to be true as before but to be the onely good tidings our hearts can rest vpon Faith as it shewes it selfe in the heart stands in three things Faith in the heart Desires Fiduce or Confidence Perswasion or Apprehension and application It may not be dissembled Desire to beleeue is of the nature of Faith that there are in the world many definitions or descriptions of Faith such as doe not comprehend in them that only thing which is the chiefe stay of thousands of the deare Seruants of God and that is Desires which may not be denied to be of the nature of Faith I expresse my meaning thus that when a man or woman is so farre exercised in the spirituall seeking of the Lord his God that he would be willing to part with the world and all the things thereof if he had them in his owne possession so that by the Spirit and Promises of God he might be assured that the sins of his former life or such as presently doe burthen his Soule were forgiuen him and that hee might beleeue that God were now become his God in Christ I would
not doubt to pronounce that this person thus prising remission of sinnes at this rate that hee would sell all to buy this Pearle did vndoubtedly beleeue not onely because it is a truth though a Paradoxe that the Desire to beleeue is Faith but also because our Sauiour Christ doth not doubt to affirme that they are blessed that hunger and thirst after righteousnesse because they shall be satisfied And to him that is a thirst Math. 5.6 Reuel 21.6 Psal 10.17 I will giue to drinke of the water of life freely And Dauid doubteth not to say The Lord heareth the desires of his poore Fiduce or Confidence in the heart is a part of Faith and shewes it selfe in this when the Soule resteth vpon Christ and the Promises of God as the only ground of all that happinesse which he must euer get vnto himselfe Perswasion or an apprehending application is the last thing in Faith and that in the beginnings of Faith is more in the power of the Spirit then in the sense and feeling of the conscience yet herein it appeares that though the Soule be tost with many temptations and feares and terrors yet more or lesse one time or other they are much refreshed with a sweet ioy arising they know not how from the very perswasion that they belong to God in and for Christ So that if wee would try our Faith we must examine what knowledge we haue gotten what Iudgement of the way of life what Desires wee haue of remission of sinnes how our hearts are setled and what it is that supports vs. There are two Degrees of Faith a weake Faith and a strong Faith The Degrees 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a weake Faith is described before for all the former parts of faith are found in the weakest Faith that is a strong Faith hath in it a certaine and full assurance of Gods fauour in remission of sinnes so as doubts and feares are stilled and ouer-come and such was the Faith of Abraham commended Rom. 4.18.19.20.21 and this faith may be attained vnto by all sorts of the seruants of God if they liue and may vse the benefit of the ordinances of God yet a grosse fault in the definition of Faith as it is made by many must be carefully shunned and that is that they make the Genus to be a full assurance which is onely proper to a strong Faith and is not vsually found in the weake Faith and yet that Faith is such as doth iustifie for the present and will saue for euer The Benefits come by faith And that we may be affected with an holy desire after this necessary grace two things are further to be considered 1 The Benefits men might haue by Faith 2 The wofull estate of those that want it The Benefits may be ordered into fiue rankes 1 What Faith deliuereth vs from 2 What it preserues vs against 3 What the weakest Faith getteth 4 What we might get if we laboured for a greater growth in Faith 5 How it fits vs for heauen For the first Faith doth deliuer vs First from the darkenesse and blindnesse wee liued in before Whosoeuer beleeueth in mee shall not abide in darkenesse What Faith deliuereth vs from John 12.46 Isay 25.8 Wee no sooner by Faith taste of the Bread of life but the vaile of ignorance which naturally couereth all flesh is torne and rent as the Prophet Isay sheweth notably Isay 25.8 Secondly it deliuers vs from those wofull euills which as so many abhominations doe defile both the Vnderstanding and Affections Faith purifieth the heart Acts 15.9 No wonder though men bee continually surcharged with euill thoughts and most vile affections and strange euills within seeing wee are so hardly gotten to set about the earnest labour after spirituall application of the merits and righteousnesse of Christ which righteousnesse neuer can be imputed by Faith but grace is infused by the Spirit of Sanctification at the same time Neither is there any more clearer testimonie of the want of iustifying Faith then the continuall preuailing of euill thoughts and affections Thirdly it deliuers vs from the Law not onely from the Ceremoniall Law and other biggerly Rudiments but also from the Morall Law in two things onely first from the Curse of it which is wholy taken away by the imputation of Christs Passion secondly from the Rigour of it so that as it is commanded in the Gospell it may not exact of Beleeuers an impossible perfection but onely an Euangelicall and accepted vprightnes wee are not now vnder the Law Rom. 6. but vnder Grace as the Apostle shewes in the Epistle to the Romanes and Galathians at large And hence it is that the same Apostle saith that the Law is not giuen vnto a righteous man 1 Tim. 1.9 but vnto the lawlesse and disobedient meaning that so long as we continue in our naturall estate so long we haue this as one part of our miseries that wee are liable to the curses and impossible exactions of the most righteous Law but from the time that we are effectually called and gathered vnto CHRIST wee are not vnder the Law in these two respects which is an admirable mercy Fourthly Faith deliuers vs from the power of the first death being by Nature dead in sinnes and trespasses Iohn 5.29 hauing no more sense of the things that belong vnto the Kingdome of Chtist Ephes 2.2 then a dead man in nature hath of the benefits of life By the power of Faith eternall life is begunne here which is called while we liue here the life of Grace and after death is stiled by the name of the life of Glory Iohn 3.16 Lastly it deliuers men from eternall destruction for Whosoeuer beleeueth in him shall not perish Thus of the first sort of benefits Secondly Faith hath a power to preserue vs and that in three things First it preserues from many fearefull spirituall diseases in the soule hence commeth that Metaphoricall speech of being sound or whole Tit. 1.13 Heb. 10.39 or healthfull in the faith Hence that he saith Wee follow Faith vnto the conseruation of the Soule Heb. 10.39 Secondly it preserues vs against the vse of ill meanes for He that beleeueth maketh not hast Herein is a speciall triall of Faith Isay 28.16 and is a worthy testimonie of vprightnesse when men can so rest vpon God that they will not be entangled with those profits that either the time makes vnseasonable as the Sabbath or the meanes make sinfull as deceipt lying c. but can chearfully beleeue that the same God that now tries him with the occasions of profit in such time and manner can giue him as much profit at a lawfull time and by lawfull meanes It is most difficult for an vnsanctified minde to forbeare either time or meanes when profit and pleasure intise Lastly how miserable is our life here many times in respect of the temptations with which Sathan doth fire vs Ephes 6.16
Our Sauiour shewes that this is no sufficient excuse by bringing in the man that had bought his fiue yoake of Oxen then which what could be more needfull seeing hee could not follow his Husbandrie without Oxen Secondly a second Error letting Faith is a close opinion of merit which stickes fast in our nature Thirdly Faith is hindered when the minde is fore-stalled with an opinion Psal 50. Esay 1. that an outward seruing of God will serue to bring them neere enough to God If they heare Seruice and Sermons and receiue the Sacraments c. they haue done so much as they thinke is enough Fourthly many therefore neuer labour to get Faith because they thinke it is impossible to take any such course that they should get any assurance of the remission of their sinnes in this life or if it be possible for others yet it is not for them Lastly others thinke it possible to be had and it is good to bee humbled so farre as to seeke it with teares and prayers and they thinke they doe well that will not giue ouer till they haue comfort that way but yet they thinke all this adoe vnnecessary and that they may be saued without it In the Heart Faith is letted fiue wayes Le ts in the heart First when men nourish the secret euills of their hearts both in thoughts and affections and make not conscience to repent for them An euill heart is alwaies an vnfaithfull heart Heb. 3.12.13 therefore men are exhorted to take heede of being hardened through the deceitfulnesse of sinne Secondly Wordlines is a great let of Faith when men suffer their thoughts and affections to be continually taken vp with minding of things here below though they cannot be charged with any great couetousnesse Thirdly there is in mens affections an vnwillingnesse to part with worldly pleasures and delights and they are loath to loose their credit with their carnall friends which they say they must doe if they take this course Fourthly the world is full of common hope and presumption of Gods mercy men say God is mercifull when they haue neither comfort from the Promises of God nor ground of assurance nor witnesse of the spirit of adoption Fiftly Faith is letted and men are kept from vsing the meanes to get Faith and to seeke God while hee may be found onely through a feare least if they should examine themselues and search whether they had a true faith or not they should finde they had none and then they should be troubled and driuen into Melancholy despaire c. Lastly Le ts in conuersation there are some things in mens carriage which greatly let and hinder Faith First a prophane contempt of the word of God either men will not heare or but by starts or they attend not or not apply it to themselues or not meditate of the doctrine afterwards or not labour for the power of it in practise c. Secondly the example of the multitude hinders much a Math. 7.13.14 Luke 13.23.24 especially the example of wise men and great men in the world b John 7.45 to 50. Thirdly some when they go about the duties of mortification and Faith they are turned off before they get Faith either because they finde hardnesse of heart or are ouer charged with temptations or doubts of audience and acceptance and that God will neuer looke after such broken desires c. or else because they haue not comfort presently they grow desperate and say they shall haue none at all or else are vanquished with thoughts of Atheisme iniected which many times preuailes so strongly that they can hardly bee recouered againe to any care to labour for Faith till either bitter crosses or feare of Death or Hell awaken them Lastly Closenesse is a great cause of want of Faith when people will not discouer their doubts and feares especially to their Pastors being wise and mercifull and yet know not what to doe and cannot get information from publike hearing Here may be taken vp a iust complaint of the strangenesse betweene the Shepheards and the Flockes the one thinking hee hath done enough if he preach to them and the other if they heare him There remaines two Vses of this Doctrine of Faith Vses First seeing there are diuers sorts of Faith and that many benefits may be had by a true Faith and seeing that on the other side there are wofull effects of the want of Faith c. It should teach vs to try whether wee haue Faith or no and that this may be knowne we must vnderstand First that before Faith can be wrought the heart must bee mollified by afflictions The signes of Faith by the continuall dropping of the word of God by the knowledge of our miserie by Legall feare or lastly by terrors from God Secondly before Faith can appeare Repentance will shew it selfe and that especially in two things First in godly Sorrow for sinne past Secondly in the change of the thoughts affections and life As for godly Sorrow it may not be denied but that it may be without terrours in some but neuer so easie in any but these three things are true 1. That they grieue because they cannot grieue 2. They hate their speciall sinnes 3. They reforme both inwardly and outwardly Thirdly Faith after the softning of the heart and Repentance shewes it selfe in sixe things First in an honourable opinion ready to belieue all the word of God though it make neuer so much against our pleasure or profit Secondly by the Combate betweene the flesh and spirit Thirdly by the holy Desires after remission of sinnes and holinesse of life witnessed by constant Prayers and diligent Vse of the meanes Fourthly by a fixed Resolution reposed vpon the way of God though they finde not comfort presently Fiftly by the forsaking of the world and pleasures of sinne c Heb 11 25. Lastly by the purging out of the euills of the thoughts and affections d Math 5.7 Acts 15.9 As for Ioy Peace Thankefulnesse Admiration Loue and desire to conuert others c. they belong to Faith growne not so apparantly to Faith begunne Vse 2 Lastly here might iustly be taxed the defects and wants that are found in the common Protestant The defects of the common Protestants Faith The Faith of the Protestant at large is faultie First because hee knowes no time of spirituall birth and yet he can tell to a day when he was borne in nature Secondly they seeke not vnto the meanes spirituall to get Faith Thirdly they rest in other things in stead of Faith as Knowledge Hope c. Fourthly their Faith is commonly either Historicall or Temporarie for either it is enough to beleeue that Christ died for sinners or else if they beleeue the Articles of the Creede to be true and bee no Papists but sound in the matter of Iustification and receiue the Sacrament especially when they are sicke all is well or if they
if they charge not many things Why these are the last words of Christ the night before his death euen this one thing hee doth especially charge vpon vs Namely while we abide in this flesh and are hated of this world and want those glorious refreshings would come by the presence of Christ to vnite our serues in a holy bond of peace and loue to be kept and strengthned by mutuall indeauors in the performance of all the duties of holy affection Iohn 16.12 that till Christ shall gather vs vnto the glory that he hath with the Father The third Motiue may be taken from the benefites that may be gotten by loue and these are diuers First there is much comfort in loue the Lord doth vsually and graciously water the society conferences From profit Philip. 2.1 prayers and other duties performed mutually by the Saints with the deaws of many sweet and glorious refreshings by which they are daily excited inflamed and incouraged to a holy contentation in godlinesse Secondly Loue is the fulfilling of the Law not onely all the duties belonging to humane societies of which he there intreates are comprehended vnder loue as by that great band that tyeth all estates and degrees but also Rom. 13.10 How Loue is the fulfilling of the Law is the fulfilling of the Law by effect in that first it causeth astinence from doing euill to our neighbour Secondly it causeth men to make conscience of fulfilling the Law and that which is there generally spoken if it be applied to the loue of the Saints may haue his speciall truth in this that there is nothing in outward things doth more fire the heart of a man to the loue of and labour after a godly life then a daily louing societie with Gods children in whom we see godlinesse euen in an experimentall knowledge not layd before vs in precept but described vnto vs in practise with the rewards and fruits of it Yea loue may be said to be the filling vp of the Law 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the word seemeth to import in this that it clotheth the duties of the Law with the glory of a due manner and seateth them vpon their due subiects with the vnwearied labours of constant well-doing Thirdly the due performance and daily exercise of the mutuall duties of loue would be a great testimonie and witnesse vnto vs for the satisfying of our consciences in the knowledge of such great things as otherwise are exceeding hard to be knowne as first it is not euery bodies case to haue the Spirit of grace or when they haue it to discerne it yet by this loue it may be discerned for it is one of the inseparable fruits of the spirit Secondly Galat. 5.22 many men follow not Christ at all and among the followers of Christ a great number are not true Disciples Iohn 13.14 Now by loue may all men know that we are Christs disciples Iohn 3. Thirdly the winde bloweth where it listeth And that which is borne of the flesh is flesh and therefore great Masters in Israell and Teachers of other men may be ignorant of regeneration 1 Iohn 4.7 yet thereby may wee know that we are borne of God and doe rightly know God if we loue one another Job 23.8.9 Fourthly if wee would seeke God to finde him behold If wee go to the East hee is not there if to the West yet wee cannot perceiue him if to the North where he worketh yet wee cannot see him he will hide himselfe in the South and we cannot behold him 1 Iohn 4.12 How much more is the way of God in the heart of man vnsearchable And yet though no man hath seene God at any time if we loue one another God dwelleth in vs. Fiftly the election of man before time is like a bottomlesse gulfe and the making of man blamelesse and holy in heauen is a dreadfull mysterie and yet those two glorious branches whereof th one sprowts foorth euen beyond time and thother reacheth vp to heauen nay into heauen are both fastned vpon this stocke of loue in respect of one way and manner of comming to know them Ephes 4.1.4 1 Iohn 3.14 To conclude Saluation it selfe euen our owne saluation is knowne by the loue to the brethren as is cleare 1. Iohn 3.14 and in diuers other places of that Epistle Zeph. 1.14 Lastly the day of the Lord is a terrible day a day of trouble and heauines the strong hearted man shall then crie bitterly then the heauens being on fire shall bee dissolued and passe away with a noyse 2 Pet. 3.10.11 1 Thessal 4.16 and the elements shall melt with heate the Lord himselfe shall descend from heauen with a showt and with the voice of the Archangells and with the trumpet of God then shall all the kindreds of the earth mourne and they shall see the Son of man come in the cloudes of heauen with power and great glory Math 14.3 And who shall be able to stand in that great and fearefull day euen all such as haue finished their course in the loue of God and his children 1 Iohn 4.17 as certainely as we now finde loue in our hearts so surely shall we haue boldnesse in the day of iudgement The fourth Motiue may be taken from the miserable state of such as finde not in themselues the loue of Gods children From the miserie of such as loue not Gods children 1 Iohn 2. 3. First it is a palpable signe they abide still in darknesse and vnder the bondage of the first death and in danger of the second death Secondly a man can neuer enter into the kingdome of Heauen without it for euery man can say a murtherer shall not be saued so continuing Now it is certaine God hates a man that loues not his children aswell as hee doth murtherers 1 Iohn 3.15 he that loueth not his brother is a man-slayer and wee know that no man-slayer can inherit eternall life Ephes 3.17 Thirdly till we loue Gods children we can neuer know what the length breadth and depth of the loue of God and Christ is to vs. God shewes not his loue to vs till we shew our loue to the Saints Lastly for want of loue in the heart and the duties of loue in conuersation the mysticall body of Christ is exceedingly hindered from growing both in the beauty and glory which otherwise would be found in the Church of Christ Ephes 4.16 Lastly to incite vs yet more to the exercise of loue I propound three places of Scripture more The first place is Ephes 4.12 to 17. where may be obserued 4. things gotten by a holy vnion with the members of Christ and Christian societie and affection Ephes 4. It furthers our gathering into the body It is an exceeding great helpe in the beginning of our effectuall vocation Secondly it furthers our edification in the building and fits vs for our roome
among the Saints Godly society doth frame vs and square vs and many waies fit vs for our place in this building Thirdly louing affection to the members of Christ and mutuall society doth much profit vs in respect of our growth in the body and that till we become perfect men and attaine to the age of the fulnesse of Câ—â—â—st Verse 13.16 Fourthly this holy loue is a great fence to the iudgement against false and deceitfull doctrine he is not easily carried with euery winde of doctrine nor vnsetled with the vaine deceits of men that can follow the truth and the meanes thereof in a setled and well grounded loue to Gods children But on the other side how easily are such men deluded and throwne off from their purposes and comforts that did neuer ioyne themselues to Gods children The second place is 1. Peter 4.7.8 where the Apostle exhorteth to sobrietie in the vse of the profits and delights of the world in meates and drinkes riches recreations and apparell and withall to spend their time here in spirituall duties especially Prayer watching thereunto both to obserue all occasions and opportunities to pray as also noting the mercies of God wee finde in prayer with our owne corruptions in the manner and the glorious successe of praier in preuailing with God But aboue all things hee wills them to haue feruent loue and yeeldeth two reasons or motiues first the end of all things is at hand and therefore it is best louing and making much of those that after the dissolution shall be great heires of heauen and earth secondly Loue couereth the multitude of sinnes it hideth the blemishes of our natures and fitteth vs for the comforts of Society Notwithstanding the infirmities accompany euen the Saints while they are in this vale of miserie The third place is 2 Pet. 1.7 c. where he largely perswadeth men to get holy graces into their hearts and to expresse holy duties in their liues among these as chiefe he instanceth in brotherly kindnes and loue to this end he bringeth diuers reasons first it will set our knowledge aworke which else would be idle and vnfruitfull Verse 8. and where should we vnloade our selues of the fruits of knowledge which men get in Gods house better then in the houses of the people of God secondly he that hath not these things is blinde or if he haue sight and wit enough for this world yet he is purre-blinde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so as hee can see nothing that is farre off as eternall things are but onely things neere such as are carnall things the want of loue to Gods people is a palpable signe of a pur-blind carnall man thirdly the want of loue and the other graces there named is a signe of a spirituall Lethargie euen that a man is fallen into a forgetfulnesse of the purging of his old sinnes that is Verse 9. it is a signe that a man lieth vnder the guilt and filth of all his former sinnes and neuer feeles the weight of them or considers the danger of them Fourthly Loue with the fruits of it doe make our calling and election sure Fiftly louing society and brotherly kindnes is a great meanes of perseuerance Verse 10. if ye doe these things yee shall neuer fall Lastly by this meanes an entrance shall bee ministred vnto vs abundantly into the euerlasting kingdome of our Lord Iesus Christ both because it mightily furthereth faith and hope As also Verse 10. Verse 11. because by these meanes eternall life is begun on earth in respect of communion both with God the Saints Thus farre of the Motiues Helps follow These helpes are such as serue The Helpes both for the begetting nourishing of a holy loue to and with Gods people There are eight things that are great furtherances of holy life First the conscionable hearing of the word of God for in Gods house doth the Lord fire the heart and holy affections and teach the right ordering of them How came those Colossians by their loue to the Saints no otherwise but by hearing the word of truth which discouered vnto them who were Gods children and did daily fence them against the scornes and reproches which the world laded them withall Secondly we must get faith and hope as the coherence shewes for till wee be soundly humbled to seeke Gods fauour and find our hearts possessed with the care for and hope of a better life we cannot receiue Gods children aright into our hearts But no man was euer truely touched in conscience and had vnfained desires of remission of his sinnes Neither did euer a man seriously seeke after the things of a better life but he did loue Gods children aboue all the people of the earth and it is true of the measure that as we grow in faith and hope so we should grow in loue and in the comforts of Gods fauour 1 Pet. 1.22 Thirdly would we loue brotherly without faining and feruently then we must get our soules purified through the spirit in obeying the truth i. we must make conscience of the duties of mortification as of so many purges to clense our thoughts and affections of dwelling and raigning lusts and euills for secret sins intertained and delighted in within the affections and thoughts do exceedingly poyson affection both to God and man this is that the Apostle meaneth where he saith 1 Tim. 1.5 Loue must come out of a pure heart 2 Tim. 1.7 Fourthly we must stirre vp the spirit of loue The spirit of God is a spirit of loue and we must stirre it vp by nourishing the motions of the same putting courses or waies of expressing loue into our mindes and by prayer meditation or any other meanes that may inflame our hearts to a holy affection 2 Tim. 1.13 Fiftly it profiteth much hereunto to get and keepe in our minds a patterne of faith and loue euen a draught of the things that concerne faith in God and loue to the Saints that we might alwaies haue a frame of all holy duties that concerne this holy affection this was their care in the Primitiue times as appeareth 2 Tim. 1.13 Sixtly to be sound in these 3. things Faith Loue and Patience requires most an end Experience and a daily acquainting our selues with the things of the Kingdome of Christ When we are driuen by often crosses to seeke comfort in Gods children and by much obseruation do finde the worth of the comforts that arise from holy Society with them Many are the incredible weakenesses that discouer themselues in the hearts of yonger and weaker Christians but it is a shame for the elder men if they be not sound in loue Tit. 2.2 Tit. 2.2 Heb. 10.24 Note Seuenthly we must by all holy meaneâ— strengthen and encourage and set our selues vpon perseuerance in the profession of our hope for if once wee giue ouer profession it will be easie to see loue vanish a wauering profession
is vnconstant in Loue. Lastly if we would neuer forsake the fellowship we haue one with an other as the manner of some wicked hypocrites and damnable Apostataes is then we must with all Christian care Consider one anothers weakenesses and wants and be continually prouoking Heb. 10.25 inciting and incouraging one another to loue and to good workes Thus of the helps In the last place I propounded to be considered the defects that are found in the loue that is abroad in the world The defects of the common Protestants loue with which the common Protestant pleaseth himselfe I will not here complaine that loue is turned into lust and that that damnable infection hath stained heauen and earth polluted our houses brought a curse vpon our Assemblies and debased our gentrie dishonoured our Nobles corrupted our youth and made heauy our elder Age or shew how it hath brought vpon vs famine and pestilence but to let this passe I will speake of the honester loue and wherein thinke you standeth it First in the ciuiller sort in complements neuer more complements and lesse loue Secondly in freedome from suites at Law and quarrelling they are in charity with all the world if they can shew that they neuer were quarrelsome or that they are friends againe Thirdly in the baser sort it is meere Ale-house friendship their loue stands wholy in going to the Ale-house together these are the onely fellowes and good neighbours and commonly here is set vp the Diuels bench and Proclamation made of free 〈◊〉 for filthy Ribâ—uldry for drunken spewings and Viper-like slâ—nders 〈…〉 against good men Fourthly many out of their ignorance know 〈◊〉 other loue then of themselues or for themselues of others But yet more plainely the defectiuenesse of the common Protestants loue appeares diuersly First by the vsuall sinnes which are rise amongst them euen such as batter the fortresse of Loue. How can they please themselues in their charitie if we consider how Malice Reuenge Anger Slandering Back-â—iting and all sorts of prouocations to anger are euery-where abounding What more vsuall then Selfe-loue what more common then Enuy Shall I instance The Trades-man while hee is rising is so fleshed with successe and stuffed with the greedy desire of profit that hee cares not whom hee wrongs nor how much hee becomes preiudiciall to other mens trade But this man is not so filled with Selfe-loue but the declining Trades-man that hath ouer-liued his prime is euery way as well filled with Enuy. And thus men are not in charitie neither full nor fasting Secondly it appeares to be defectiue in the Obiects of Loue in a chiefe Companion of Loue in the Parts of Loue and in the Manner of louing For the first the onely men that are chiefly to be loued and our affection to be spent vpon are the Saints that is such religious persons as make conscience of all their wayes but are these the men the common Protestant loues Oh times oh manners what men finde worse entertainment in the world then these Is not the least endeauour after holinesse chased and pursued with open hates dislikes slanders Can a man refraine himselfe from euill and not be made a prey Doth there any liue godly and they persecute him not Away false wretch saist thou thou art in charitie with all men and yet canst not beare the Image of God in a childe of God For the second all true Loue ought to be accompanied with Faith yea it ought to be founded vpon Faith and therefore herein is the common loue of the world defectiue that a communion with men is not first sanctified by vnion with God These men that boast so much of their charitie neuer made conscience of seeking the assurance of Gods fauour in Christ neither euer trauailed vnder the burthen of their sinnes so as to seeke forgiuenesse as the true blessednesse Thirdly the common Protestant is exceedingly to blame in the very maine duties of Loue no tendernesse of heart no true Hospitalitie and for mercy to the poore the olde complaints may be taken vp Hosea 4.1 Esay 57.1 There is no mercie in the Land Mercifull men are taken away Wee may now adaies waite for some Samaritane to come and proue himselfe a neighbour and for societie and fellowship in the Gospell with Gods people it will neuer sinke into the vnderstanding of these carnall men that that is any way expedient and finally in all the branches of Clemency before expressed where is the man that makes conscience of them And for the last it is easily auouched that the Loue that is found in the most men is neither brotherly nor without grosse fayning and hypocrisie nor proceedeth it from a heart in any measure purified and lastly it is so farre from being feruent that it is stone colde Thus of Loue. Verse 5. For the Hopes sake which is laid vp for you in Heauen IN these words is mentioned the third Grace for which the Apostle giues thankes and that is Hope Hope is here taken both for the thing hoped for viz. the glory of heauen as also the Grace by which it is apprehended but especially the latter Heauen is diuersly accepted in Scripture sometimes it signifieth the ayre a Deut. 28.12 Math. 16.16 sometimes it signifieth the whole vpper world that compasseth the earth b Gen. 49.25 Math. 3.16 sometimes for the Kingdome of Grace and the meanes thereof c Math. 3.2 11.11 but most vsually for the place of the blessed and the glory thereof and so it is taken here Hope as it is here considered by the Apostle lookes two wayes first by relation to and coherence with Faith and Loue for the Hopes sake secondly by a full aspect vpon the obiect of it which is intimated in the Metaphore laid vp and expressed in the word Heauens Doctrines from Coherence First of Hope as it is to be considered in the Coherence There is an admirable Wisedome and Mercy of God in the very maner of dispensing of his Graces for hee makes one Grace crowne another and Obseruat 1 become a recompence and reward to another as here for Hopes sake Gods Children breake through the difficulties of Faith One Grace crowneth another and the impediments and discouragements of Loue. When God sees how many waies the heart of man is beset in the spirituall combat about the getting and exercise of those two Graces hee is pleased by his word and spirit to trumpet out victorie by shewing the glory of heauen and to set on the Crowne of Hope as the assured pledge of full and finall victorie it is Hope that pluckes vp the heart of man to a constant desire of vnion with God by Faith and of communion with man by Loue. And the true reason why so many men vtterly neglect the care to get a iustifying Faith and an inflamed affection to Gods Children is because they haue no taste of the comforts of the euidence of a better life by
Doctrines out of the whole Verses The first thing in speciall is the kinde of ordinance in which the word was effectuall viz. Hearing Whereof That is of which Heauen or Hope Doctr. It is a great mercy of God to heare of Heauen before the time come it should be enioyed or lost If we heard not of Heauen till death or iudgement wee should continue still in our slumber drowned in the lust after profit or pleasures we should be so far from finishing our mortification as wee should hardly beginne to set about the washing of our owne vncleanenesse both of hands and life wee should looke vpon Grace and Holinesse with a dull and feeble eye yea it is good euen for Gods children to heare of it before they haue it both to support them in their crosses and discouragements as also to plucke vp their mindes to holy contemplation and to weane them from the loue of base things yea to inflame them to a greater desire to magnifie and glorifie the singular grace and mercy of God in these dayes of their pilgrimage Ye haue heard No man can get eternall graces Doctr. or an enduring contentment arising from the hope of a better life without the hearing of the word of God c Math 17 5. Luk 16 29 30 John 8.47 Quest But tell vs distinctly what good shall men get by hearing of Sermons Answ Many are the singular benefits come to men thereby What good comes by hearing Sermons First the holy Ghost is here giuen Acts 10.44 Secondly mens hearts are here opened Acts 16.14 Thirdly the feare of God doth here fall vpon men Acts 13.16 Fourthly the proud and stony-heart of man is here tamed melted and made to tremble Esa 66.2 Fiftly the faith of Gods Elect is here begotten Rom. 10.14 Sixtly Men are here sealed by the holy Spirit of promise Epes 1.13 Seauenthly here the Spirit speaketh to the Churches Reuel 2. Eightly Christ here comes to suppe with men a Reuel 3.10 Let men tell of their experience whether euer their hearts tasted of the refreshing of CHRIST till they deuoted themselues to the hearing of the Word Ninthly The painefull distresse of the afflicted Conscience is heere or no where cured by hearing the bones that God hath broken receiue ioy and gladnesse Psal 51.8 Tenthly what shall I say but as the Euangelicall Prophet saith If you can doe nothing else yet heare and your soules shall liue Esa 55.4 Liue I say the life of Grace yea and the life of Glory for Saluation is brought vnto vs by hearing Act. 28.18 and 4.16 Vse 1 The vse of this point is First for instruction Let him that heareth heare b Ezech 3 27. yea let all reioyce in the mercies of their God that haue tasted of this bountie of the Lord blessed are your eares in as much as you haue heard Many Prophets and righteous men haue desired to heare the things that you heare and Vse 2 haue not heard them c Math. 13.16.17 Secondly for humiliation vnder the consideration of the lamentable estate of such people as haue not the Word preached vnto them How doe the thousands euen in Israell perish through the failing or wanting of Vision Is there not almost millions of Men and Women that haue scarce heard by preaching whether there be any holy Ghost Oh the cruell torments that abide those soule-murtherers Shall I name them I wish their repentance that so they might haue a new name but because lamentable experience shewes that the vnsauory Salt seldome findes wherewith it may be salted therefore it is the dutie of all Gods people to bowe the knees of their hearts to God beseeching him to inflame the hearts of those that are in authoritie with such bowels of compassion that they would in due time purge the Church of them that so their names may no more bee heard amongst vs. Whiles men lie sicke of the spirituall Lethargy in their owne hearts they are little troubled with the distresse of others but if men would euen in Gods sight duely waigh without shifting and preiudice these propositions viz. that the hearing of the Word is the ordinarie meanes to conuert mens soules to God Rom. 10.14 1 Pet. 1.23 c. And that except men be borne againe they cannot enter into the Kingdome of God Mourne and pray Iohn 3.3 if I say these things be weighed how should our bowels turne within vs to consider the case of some hundreds of Parishes in this famous Kingdome that in the middest of this great Light in this respect yet sit in darkenesse Thirdly for the reproofe of the disorders and vitious dispositions of men in the hearing of the Word Many are the sorts of euill hearers exceeding many are the wicked humours of men by which they sinne against the Word heard the Scripture hath noted and taxed diuers corruptions in men in hearing and fearefully threatned them For the better explication of this vse I consider two things First the sorts of euill hearers Secondly their state in respect of it The sorts of euill hearers The sorts of euill hearers may be distinguished into two kindes some are openly impious and audacious some more ciuill and restrained Of the first kinde First some are so wayward nothing can please them either the Preacher is too terrible or he is too comfortable If Iohn fast hee hath a Deuill if Christ eate he is a glutton d Mat. 11.16 c. Secondly Some heare and are scandalized e Math. 15 12. Men are so wedded to their owne conceits and stuffed with preiudice that they many times wilfully study and striue to frame scandale and offence out of the words of the Teacher Thirdly Some heare and are filled with wrath and enuie and that sometimes so as they cannot restraine the signes of their rage and fretting no not in the Sermon-time f Luke 4.24 Acts 7.54 They gnash with their teeth and their harts are ready to burst for anger And this comes many times because men cannot abide wholesome Doctrine but are giuen to fables h 2 Tit. 4.3 4. Fourthly Some heare and their mouthes make iests while their hearts go after their lusts i Ezech 33 30. they heare and mocke k Acts 17.32 Fiftly Some make the auditory of Christians the studie of all manner of base filthinesse thither comes the Adulterer the Couetous the deceiuer the accuser of the Brethren c. and there they damnably frame their dogged and swinish imaginations Sixtly Some heare and if they finde any power in the Doctrine of the Preacher they enquire whether hee be not a Puritane for they haue heard so much euill of that Sect euery where that that one colour may serue to make them cautelous and better aduised then to be much troubled with his Doctrine l Acts 28 22. Seuenthly Some will heare if he speake of this world m 1 Iohn 4.5 He is an excellent Preacher that in
the spirit of Christ and partly because the world attributes what is done by professors of the word to the word they heare if their liues be full of good fruits the word of God is glorified but if they bee any way vicious the word is blasphemed n Rom. 2. Then they say this is their preaching this comes of gadding to Sermons and tossing of their Bibles c. The Vse is both for Instruction and Comfort For Instruction therefore Gods Children should worke out their saluation with feare and trembling and labour to be filled with the fruits of righteousnesse liuing inoffensiuely and holding foorth the word of life in all holy conuersation shining as lights in the middest of a froward and crooked Nation o Phil. 1.11 2.15.16 For Comfort also because the Lord is pleased to communicate the honour of his word to his people so as where the word is in credit they shall be in credit and if they be despised they are not despised alone but the Word is despised with them Thus of the first thing in the efficacie of the Word viz. what it doth The second thing is vpon whom it worketh or the subiect-persons As it is also in you Doct. Doct. It helpes not vs that others though many bee wrought vpon by the word gathered made fruitfull and increased vnlesse we be sure of the efficacie of it in our selues It had beene a small comfort to the Colossians to know that the word was fruitfull all ouer the World if it had no power amongst them There is a windie vanitie preuailes in the heades of many hearers they thinke they doe worthily when they commend the Sermon praise the Preacher tell of the working of the Word in such and such though they perceiue not that vnto them it is but a dead letter Many are full-mouthed but haue emptie hearts and hands but it should be our discretion to labour the cure of this loosenesse and wandering of heart and not to suffer our soules to be led aside from considering our owne way by any such smooth wiles of Satan Thus of the persons the time followeth From the day Here I obserue three things There is a season for fruit First that there is a season for men to be fruitfull in We are naturally dry trees or no trees Wee are but dead stockes neither if wee should stand in Gods Orchard to all eternitie would we of our selues beare the fruits of the Gospell or exercise our selues in those faire fruits that are vnto eternall life if before this day the Citie of Colosse had beene searched with lights there would haue beene found no true fruits of Grace or Righteousnesse amongst them our season to beare fruit is then when God calles for it At some time of our life God giuing vs the meanes doth set before vs the wav of Life and death affects vs inwardly with sence of our miserie or the glory of conuersion or the necessitie of our repentance Now when the Axe of Gods Word is laide thus neere to the roote of the Tree it is then time to beare fruit or else we are in danger The consideration hereof as it shewes that the workes of ciuill honest men are but shadowes or blasted fruite so it should inforce vpon vs a feare of standing out the day of our visitation Consider with thy selfe God calls now for repentance and the duties of new obedience If now thou answere Gods call and pray God to make thee such as hee requires thee to be thou maiest finde fauour in his eyes for God is neere them that call vpon him if they seeke him in due time while hee may bee found but if thou delay consider first that thy heart of it selfe without dressing will neuer be fruitfull secondly that thou art not sure of the meanes hereafter thirdly if thou werest sure yet who can prescribe vnto the most high Hee hath called and thou hast not answered therefore feare his Iustice thou maist call and he will not answere Secondly that it is exceeding praise-worthy and a singular mercie of God if the word of God worke speedily vpon vs if wee yeeld and stoope with the first if it make vs fruitfull from the first day This liuely working of the word first is a seale to the word it selfe for hereby it is out of all doubt that it is the true word of God and this effectuall worke of Grace vpon our consciences doth fence vs against a thousand obiections about the Word secondly it is the Ministers seale as soone as hee seeth this power of Doctrine hee hath his seale from God the fruitfulnesse of the people is the Preachers testimoniall * 2 Cor. 3.2 thirdly so soone as we finde the Word to bee a sauour of life vnto vs it becomes a seale to our owne Adoption to life and therefore we should againe euery man be admonished to take heede of delaying the time for not onely we want the testimony of our owne happinesse while we liue without subiecting our soules to the power of the word but exceedingly prouoke God against vs wee should consider that the holy Ghost saith peremptorily Now is the Axe layd to the roote of the Tree and euery Tree that bringeth not foorth fruit is cut downe and cast into the fire Note that hee requireth present fruit or threatneth present execution p Mat. 3.10 Iohn 15.2 Neither may we harden our owne hearts with presumption because wee see not present execution vpon this rebellion of man against God and the offer of his grace for wee must know that men are cut off by more wayes then one Some are cut off by death as an open reuenge of the secret rebellion of the heart not opening when the spirit of grace knocketh Some are cut off by spirituall famine God remouing the meanes from them or suffering them to be their owne executioners by withdrawing themselues from the meanes Some men are cut off by Gods fearefull Iudgement being cast into a reprobate sence Some are cut off by Church-censures God ratifying in Heauen what is done in Earth by the Church Thirdly hence wee learne that if we would be truely fruitfull wee must be constantly so not lose a leafe much lesse giue ouer bearing fruit * Psal 1.3 Ezech 47.12 Sodaine flashes will not serue turne the Lord knowes not how to entreat them whose goodnesse is but like the morning deaw q Hos 6.4 Either from the day constantly or not vpon the day truely Thus of the Time Fourthly this efficacy is limited First by the kinde of Doctrine which especially makes men fruitfull viz. the Doctrine of the grace of God secondly by the application of it both by Hearing and Knowledge and both are limited in that they are required to be in the truth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 That yee heard and knew the grace of God in truth In the opening of these words I consider first the words apart secondly the Doctrines
out of the whole For the first heere are three things to be considered 1. what grace of God the Gospell propounds to men 2. what we must doe that we may haue the comfort of this that we doe truly heare 3. what it is to know truely For the first Fiue things principally to be acknowledged from Gods Grace the Gospell requires of men a deepe sence of the singular Grace or free Mercy of God towards men and that principally in fiue things first in giuing Christ to mankinde fallen and finding out so happie a meanes of our deliuerance secondly in accepting of the mediation of Christ in particular for the beleeuer in the age that hee liueth in thirdly in forgiuing sinnes past through his patience fourthly in blessing the meanes for mans sanctification and lastly in allowing vnto men their lot in the inheritance of the Saints in heauen Secondly that we may haue the comfort of this That we may heare the word in truth seuen things are to be done that we doe truly heare the word seuen things are to be done first we must deny our owne carnall reason wit parts and outward praises and become fooles that wee may bee wise r 1 Cor. 3.18 secondly wee must feare God and set our soules in Gods presence Å¿ Psal 25.14 Acts 10.33 thirdly wee must come with a purpose and willingnesse to bee reformed by it t Psal 50.16 fourthly wee must labour for a meeke and humble spirit mourning ouer Pride Malice and Passion u Iam. 1.22 Esay 57.15 1 Chron. 34.27 fiftly wee must heare all x Deut. 5.27 both at all times that is constantly and all doctrines that concerne the grace of God sixtly wee must heare with faith and assurance y Heb. 4 1. 1 Thess 1.5 How men may be said to know and yet not truly lastly wee should especially in hearing wait for a blessing from God in the particular knowledge of Gods grace to vs else all hearing is to little purpose Thirdly men may be said to know and yet not truely first when they know false things as in the Church of Rome to know the doctrine of Purgatory Intercession of Saints Image-worship the Supremacie of the Pope or in Germany to know the Vbiquitie of Christs humane nature vniuersall grace falling from grace or that the Sacraments conferre to all the graces they signifie and such like Secondly when men haue the forme of words and vnderstand not the meaning Thirdly when the notions of the truth are entertained in the minde and not let downe into the affections when men haue knowledge in their heads and no affections in their hearts the Law should be written in their hearts Fourthly when men know things by opinion not by faith as the most men know the greatest part of Religion Fiftly when our knowledge is not experimentall in practise Sixtly when men know other things but not the grace of God to themselues Thus of the words apart The Doctrines follow Doct. 1 First men may heare and yet not know Knowledge is not attained by all that heare The causes why many hearers get not knowledge and this comes to passe either as a curse for mens home-sinnes vnrepented Where Manners will not be informed their Faith cannot or by reason of pride and conceit of our owne wits and that wee neede not bee informed Thus the Pharises are blinde though they heare Christ himselfe or it comes to passe by reason of mens faultinesse in hearing they heare carelesly or without application or with preiudice or not all or else it is because men smoother their doubts and seeke not resolution in priuate by conference or seeking the law at the Priests mouth and in many fruitlesse hearing is caused by want of catechising when people are not fitted for preaching by information in the principles before Doct. 2 Secondly the hearing and true knowledge of Gods grace to a man in particular doth make fruitfull the salutiferous appearance of Gods grace in a mans heart workes in a man a desire and endeauour to shew all good faithfulnesse that may adorne that doctrine by which hee comes to know God to be his Sauiour It teacheth men to deny vngodlinesse and worldly lusts and to liue godly righteously and soberly it purgeth vpon iniquitie and inflames the zeale of good workes z Tit 2.10 11.12.14 When GODS Children haue the tydings of grace giuen vnto them it kindles in them a singular incouragement to goe about Gods worke and to hold out to lay the very last stone with ioy * Zach. 4 7. Doct. 3 Thirdly as other Doctrines so especially the doctrine of our reconciliation with God The doctrine of Gods grace hard to the most or of our particular assurance of Gods grace to vs is exceeding hard and men are strangely turned off from the right knowledge of it This comes to passe where it is effectually preached because it is hindred by common hope and by a resolution in many to part with no sinne for the attaining of it and by a naturall darkenesse in the vnderstanding of man in matters of the Kingdome of Christ and by the speciall malice of the Deuill and by pride in other knowledges And lastly by an incredible auersnesse in our natures that will not bee brought to set time apart to minde this point seriously and to apply our selues vnto the meanes that might further vs thereunto The great commodities of assurance Whereas if men were assured of Gods fauour and possessed of sauing grace the profit of the knowledge of it would appeare to be exceeding great though the heart of man be exceeding dull yet it could not but meruailously refresh vs to thinke of the pardon of all our sinnes yea if wee were sure of this point and had trauelled soundly about the experience of Gods grace to vs in particular it would for euer settle vs in the plerophorie of our religion A man needs neuer care for disputes and the thousands of Volumes about which should be the true Church or true Religion for if a man by sound reasons from the word and Spirit of God had gotten the assurance of Gods loue hee would become as Mount Sion that could not be mooued This also would make a man able to contemne all earthly mutations and liue in firmenes of heart in some measure out of the feare of any afflictions or of death it selfe and besides it would preserue vs from the poyson and infection of earthly pleasures and vaine delights and profits And to conclude it is to enioy a kinde of heauen vpon earth as being an entrance into the first degree of eternall life When men get from vnder the Law to liue vnder Grace it workes not onely a dissolution of the dominion of sinne but a consecration of the members for the seruice of righteousnesse a Rom 6 14.13 of the fulnesse of CHRIST do all the faithfull receiue euen grace for grace h 1
Pet 1 13 b Joh 1 14 16 the truth of Sanctification and new Obedience together with the perfection of Redemption and Iustification To conclude euery faithfull man may say as the Apostle said By the grace of God I am that I am c 1 Cor 15. The vse is first for instruction euen to labour so much the more earnestly for the certaintie of assurance of Gods grace and free fauour to vs in particular because it will make vs abundant in the worke of the Lord and inrich vs with those things that may further our reckoning against the last day But that wee may speede in suing for Gods grace and waiting for the tydings of his speciall loue wee must labour to be good men and shew it by this that wee be men of holy imaginations d Pro 12 2. Our vnderstanding will neuer be capable of this knowledge till the euills of the thoughts be in some measure purged out and subdued Besides we must take heede of scorning and contemning the meanes of grace e Pro 3 34. and labour for a hatred of euery sinne for till then wee neuer get any sound experience of Gods fauour So long as a man makes a mocke of any sinne and securely against the light will commit it so long he remaines vnder the power of folly and vnregeneration f Prou 14 6. but especially wee must labour to get and grow in humilitie for God bestowes his graces on the humble g 1 Pet 5 4. Iames 4 7. And if God euer comfort vs with his grace let vs so learne to make it our portion and to trust perfectly vpon it h 1 Pet 1 13 as not to receiue it in vaine i 2 Cor 6 2. but obey all the counsell of God and his Ministers that beseech vs to expresse the power of it in our liues Secondly the doctrine of the power of Gods grace doth bitterly reproue foure sorts of men First such as neglect Gods grace and seeke not any particular euidence for it Secondly such as fall away from the grace of God and giue ouer the vse of the meanes of grace k Gal 1 6. which apostasie many times befals such men as will not wash off the pollution nor by mortification stay the springing vp of some bitter roote or other within their hearts Such Apostates when they were at the best had in their hearts some imperious lusts and passions or other that they made not conscience of to subdue l Heb 12 15. Thirdly such as turne the grace of God into wantonnesse men that before they haue any reason of comfort vpon the bare hearing of the promises of the Gospell take libertie to liue licentiously and follow their sinnes with presumptuous abuse of Gods mercy These are vngodly men ordained before to condemnation m Iud 4. Lastly such as cannot abide the doctrine of GODS grace but despise and hate the very Spirit of Grace how sore shall their pupunishment be n Heb. 10 29. Thus farre of the Thankesgiuing for the principall meanes of Grace The Instrumentall followes Verse 7. As yee also learned of Epaphras our fellow-seruant who is for you a faithfull Minister of God Verse 8. Who hath also declared vnto vs your loue which you haue in the spirit HEe hath giuen thankes for the Ministery Diuision now hee giues thankes for the Minister who is here described by his name Epaphras by the adiunct Loue of others to him beloued and by his Office a Seruant by his willingnes to ioyne with others 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a fellow-seruant by his faithfulnes in the execution of his Office which is for you a faithfull Minister of Christ lastly by his loue to his people which hee shewes by the good report hee thankefully giues of them Vers 8. Doct. 2 From the generall consideration of all the words I obserue What a Minister should be First it much matters to the efficacie of the doctrine what the Ministers be hee that would profit his hearers must be First able to teach Secondly hee should be beloued not a man against whom the hearts of the people had conceiued vncurable preiudice or such a one as was scandalous Thirdly hee had neede to be a fellow-seruant one that will draw with others Fourthly hee must consecrate his seruice to God and the Church Fiftly he must be faithfull And lastly one that will loue his people Doct. 2 Secondly Ministers of greater gifts or places or learning may here learne how to carry themselues towards their fellow-Ministers Paul commends Epaphras confirmes and countenances his doctrine and giues him the right hand of fellowship Which example much condemnes the haughtie pride and arrogancy of many great Cleargy-men in whose eyes their brethren are despised sometime swelling against them with enuie sometimes openly pursuing them with censures especially if God blesse their labours with any good successe easily setting out with the formost to detract from their iust praises for gifts sinceritie or paines woe and a fall will be to the great pride of Cleargy-men Thirdly the Apostle striues to winne a greater estimation to the Minister that so hee might the better fasten their respects to his Ministery to note that where the Messenger is not in credit the Message is easily neglected or contemned And therefore as men would desire good successe in the Ministery of the Word they should labour to get and retaine an honourable opinion of the Ministers And to this end consider that they are called Gods Coadiutors o 1 Cor 3. Ministers of the Spirit p 2 Cor 3 6. Gods Stewards q 1 Cor 4 1. Tit 1 2. 1 Tim 3 4. Candlestickes r Reuel 11 4. the mouth of Christ ſ Reuel 1 16. Starres Angels t Reuel 1.20 and haue many other titles of dignity From these words as ye also haue learned of Epaphras I obserue First that if men would bee effectually wrought vpon by the word they must plant themselues vnder some setled Ministerie they that heare now one and then another at one end of the quarter heare a sermon of this man and at the other end of that man haue their knowledge much like their paines Secondly he is a true member of the Church that can shew sound grace and knowledge learned of the Teachers of the Church It is neither the account of the world nor profession of true Religion nor comming to Church demonstrates necessarily a true member of the Church but the effectuall subiection of the soule to be formed and wrought vpon by the Ministery of the Word Thirdly it is an ordinary infirmity in the better sort of hearers that in many points they receiue Doctrine vpon the credit of the teachers yeelding no other reason but Epaphras taught so which should awaken affection and conscience in Ministers out of the feare of God and sound and infallible knowledge and premeditation to deliuer what they doe deliuer
striue to wring the Fanne out of Christs hand that the winnowing may cease The Doctrine that separates the precious from the vile and without respect of persons yeelds comfort to the gracious and terrours as the onely present portion of the prophane is exceedingly opposed of the world Thirdly that they may grow in grace But to omit other things the Apostle here shewes by his owne example that we should pray first that they may truely know the will of God in Christ secondly that they be discreete and wise in carriage as well as in vnderstanding thirdly thâ—t they may walke worthy of the Lord c. fourthly that they may increase in knowledge fiftly that they might perseuer being strengthened with Gods might lastly that they may lead a patient and ioyfull life And wee should be thus carefull of the good of others both because God requires it and the Saints haue practised it and besides if thou haue any grace thou standest or fallest with others in respect of the credit of profession Since the day that wee heard of it wee cease not to pray for you First from the coherence of these words with the words following wee may note the great efficacie of Prayer how mightily it preuailes with God it is a way by which a Christian may exceedingly helpe himselfe and pleasure his friends The prayer of the righteous auaileth much both for helping of the body and healing of the soule a Iames 5.16 If two sound-hearted men agree in earth in a suite to God the Father in heauen they preuaile with incredible successe they get what they would haue b Mat. 18.19 And that wee may be incouraged to Prayer there are diuers things that might vndoubtedly perswade vs to resolue of the efficacie of prayer Incouragements to prayer First Gods Commandement certainely God will not require prayer but that hee meanes to heare it c Psal 50.15 Secondly The Nature of God he is a Father and hath the compassions of a Father Though Abraham would not know his seede if they had suites to him and Iacob be ignorant of his posteritie yet God will heare and redeeme d Esa 63.16 Though a mother should forget her motherly compassions yet God will not forget his e Esa 49.15 and therefore if earthly fathers that haue a great deale of ill nature in them can giue good gifts to their children and that because their children aske them how much more shall God our Father who is perfectly compassionate giue good things yea the best things yea the very fountaine of all good his holy Spirit if wee aske him f Math. 7.9 Thirdly the manner of Gods presence of grace when wee haue any suites hee is not farre off or hard to come to as earthly Princes are and great men in world many times but hee is neere to all that call vpon him in truth g Psal 145.18 yea for more assurance of this that hee is ready to receiue petitions it is sayd His eares are open to the cry of the righteous he is so farre from being absent that there is not so much as any little impediment in his eare God is euer ready to heare if our hearts were ready to pray Fourthly The property of Gods liberality hee holdes it a great blemish and dishonour to his bounty either to deny when hee is asked or to reproach when hee hath giuen either to except against the person or to sticke at the greatnesse of the gift h Iames 1.5 Fiftly the assistance of the spirit of Adoption The Spirit helpes our infirmities though wee know not how to pray as wee ought yet that shall not let audience for The Spirit it selfe will make request for vs euen in the sighes which cannot bee expressed i Rom. 8.26 Sixtly The merits of Christ and his intercession hee hath prayed for vs so as what we aske the Father in his Name hee will grant it k Ioh. 14.13.14 Seuenthly The hate God beares to the enemies of his people Gods Seruants shall speede in their suites euen because of them that rise vp against them Lastly our prayers are furthered by the very Faith and Holinesse of our godly and spirituall Ancestours the posteritie speedes the better for their sakes yea without question we speede the better in England because we are the seede or Successours of the Martyrs Obiect Obiect But I haue prayed for my selfe and others and yet finde not successe Sol. First if thou speede not Solut. it is either because thou art not a righteous person l Psal 34.16 109 7. or thou art disordered in thy carriage in the family m 1 Pet. 3.7 or thou didst not continue in prayer n Luk. 18 1. to 8. or thou dost aske amisse Quest Quest But how may I know whether I did aske amisse Ans Ans Thou didst aske amisse first if thou didst pray and doubt o Iames 1.6 Job 21.15 Secondly if thou didst make prayers thy refuge but not thy recompence when thou camest to pray thou consideredst what thou didst want for thy selfe not what thou shouldest render to God thou vsedst prayer to serue thy turne but when thou hadst sped thou didst not returne by prayer to render vnto God his honour p Psal 116.12 Thirdly if thou didst not make conscience of the vse of other ordinances of God for God will not giue all to any one ordinance Fourthly if thy prayers were ignorant proud hypocriticall prayers q Mat. 6. Fiftly if thou wast not in charitie but broughtest thy gift and diddest not forgiue or seeke reconciliation with thy brother r Mat. 5. Sixtly if thou didst aske of God for wrong ends or wrong things as to spend on thy lusts Å¿ Iames 4.3 or for temporall things onely or cheefely t Hose 7.14 besides many times it comes to passe that men speede not because they are not humble Wee should so prize and esteeme holy things as wee should exceedingly reioyce if wee could get but the crummes that fall from the Fathers table This Humilitie is euer ioyned with great Faith and wished successe in all suites to God Againe it is to bee noted that men may bee deceiued about the successe of Prayer for the decree for our succours may goe foorth at the very beginning of our supplications though the knowledge of it bee not reuealed vnto vs till afterwards Further God heareth prayers diuersly sometimes hee heareth to grant the verie thing we desire sometimes he heareth and granteth and giueth not the verie things wee desire but that which hee holds to bee best for vs and for the distresse wee are in so hee was sayd to heare CHRIST Hebr. 5. Lastly God doth heare and grant and yet deferre to giue and that for our great good many times hee deferres that hee may prooue vs that our faith may bee the more kindled that his benefits may bee more sweet when they doe come
and that wee may know by the want that it is his gift when they are bestowed and that wee may bee more carefull of the good vse of his graceâ— gifts and benefits when we haue them Thus of the Coherence For you Doct. We are bound to pray for others as well as our selues Doctr. In this place I consider in this point only two things First the kinds of prayers for others secondly the sorts of persons for whom wee must pray The kindes of Prayers for others For the first I obserue heere in the originall two words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the translation Prayers and Desires as I take it all the sorts of prayers for others may be referred to these two heads and these two differ not so much in the matter as in the motiues to prayer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Prayers are such suits vnto God as wee are vehemently mooued to by the contemplation of God and his Attributes The difference betweene 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is somewhat shadowed out by Oration and Adoration 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 heere rendered Desires are all suites vnto God arising from the deepe sence of mans estate 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 either in dangers wants or blessings and vnder this kinde may bee placed the three sorts of prayers in 1 Tim. 2.1 for our desires for others are either Deprecations in which wee desire God to turne away or keepe from them some great euill or Intercessions which are either complaints of wrongs or most importunate supplications vnto God for their conuersion and the pardon of their sins or lastly Thankesgiuings for Gods mercies and blessings The persons for whom we must pray Secondly to the Question for whom wee must pray It is shortly answered 1 Tim. 2.1 for all men excepting dead men or such as sinne vnto death or such concerning whom the will of God is reuealed for their perdition as the man of sinne so as also by all men wee vnderstand all sorts of men 2 Thess 2. not all the particular men of euery sort for wee may not desire saluation for all the men that God hath made vniuersally considered seeing the counsell of God is vnchangeably past concerning reprobates But that which in this Text is principall is that Ministers and People must pray one for another Ministers must pray for their People thus doe the Apostles in euery Epistle yea Samuel saith God forbid I should cease praying for you as if hee knew it to be a detestable thing for a Minister to bee so retchlesse or carelesse as either not to pray or not to continue to pray for his people The people must also pray for their Ministers and that especially for these things that God may deliuer them from the rage of the disobedient and the practises of their enemies u Rom. 15.30 that God would open their mouthes and giue them vtterance x Ephes 6.19 with a fitnesse to discouer the secrets and mysteries of Christ y Col. 4.3 and that their Gospell may runne and grow both in efficacie and credit z 2 Thes 3 1 2 yea in as much as they labour about sauing other mens soules the people should by prayers labour to further the saluation of their Ministers Wee cease not Note First hee that loues the people of God truely loues them constantly Secondly that a heart truely sanctified is much in prayer cannot giue it ouer It is a wofull thing to neglect prayer but how cursedly miserable is their case whose hearts rise against prayer and cannot abide it but persecute it in others Not ceasing what it implies Thirdly the not ceasing in prayer hath in it constancie and perseuerance in prayer and teacheth that as wee are bound to pray so are wee bound to perseuer in prayer yea if wee must not cease to pray it implies first that wee must pray in all places secondly that wee must watch to pray thirdly that wee must beleeue and hope wee shall obtaine what wee pray for fourthly wee must not appoynt God either time or meanes fiftly that wee must pray with all manner of prayers for all these fiue things are requisite * Iohn 4 21. 1 Tim. 2.8 Mat. 26.41 Col 4 2. Ephes 6.18 1 Pet 4 8. Iames 1 6 7. Heb. 10 36 c Heb 2.3 or if any of them bee wanting there will not bee constant and faithfull prayer Yea not ceasing notes that there is singular comfort in prayer else men would neuer hold out Solut. Obiect Obiect But not ceasing implyes multiloquie vaine babbling Sol. Not so a man may pray earnestly and often and yet not vse many words a Eccles 5 1. Mat. 6. Obiect Obiect But to pray without ceasing is to bee tyed to vse idle repetitions for how can men bee furnished and finde matter to pray so often and so much Solut. Sol. A Christian is furnished many wayes with needefull occasions of continuall prayer First hee is tyed to a dayly Sacrifice both morning and euening by Prayer and Prayses Secondly hee findes continually new Mercies and those require new songs of praise and prayer b Psal 40.4 Thirdly as his knowledge encreaseth by the vse of the meanes hee findes an increase of matter to driue him to prayer and make him pray better Fourthly new infirmities breaking out in himselfe and others and that dayly giues an occasion to renue his suites to God Fiftly the Creatures and his callings must bee sanctified by the Word and Prayer Sixtly varietie of crosses breaking in vpon him giues him cause to runne to God for the sanctifying or remoouing of them Let such pray seldome as thinke they owe God no Sacrifice or receiue no blessings from God or care not for knowledge or finde no infirmities in themselues or haue no crosses or neede no blessing vpon their callings and labours but let all that feare God stirre vp themselues to pray without ceasing because God â—equires it and hath made gracious promises because they finde daily necessities and may heereby exercise their faith and shew their loue to God and to others after the example of the Saints and by the motion of the Spirit of Adoption which will not be idle in them Thus of the Affirmation The Declaration followes That yee might be fulfilled with the knowledge of his will in all Wisdome and spirituall vnderstanding that yee might walke c. In this Declaration hee describeth the knowledge hee prayes for by fiue things 1 By the Obiect of it The will of God 2 By the Parts Wisdome and vnderstanding 3 By the End That yee might walke c. Vers 10. 4 By the Cause His glorious power Vers 11. 5 By the Effects Patience Long-suffering Ioyfulnesse The Obiect is described in these words fulfilled with knowledge of his Will And here is 1. the Obiect it selfe Will of God 2. the Meanes of apprehension viz.
in this Verse both because holinesse of life is so much vrged as also because heere is the word worthy vsed as if the Apostle should grant that they might be worthy of and merit the blessings of God My answere is First that merit cannot be founded vpon Scripture Against merit of workes and secondly it cannot bee founded vpon this Scripture For the first we cannot merit for many reasons in Scripture first wee are not our owne men wee are so tyed vnto God that gaue vs beeing in Nature and Grace that when wee haue done all wee can doe our owne mouthes must say wee are but vnprofitable Seruants c Luke 17. Secondly all our sufficiencie to doe any good is of God not from our selues d 2 Cor. 3.5 Phil. 2.13 Thirdly God gaines nothing by vs. If thou be righteous what giuest thou to him or what receiueth hee at thy hands e Iob 35.7 Fourthly men talke of their well-doing but what shall become of their sinnes If the Papists will first goe to hell for their sinnes and stay all that eternity there then afterwards if God create another eternity they may haue hearing to relate what good they haue done the curse of the Law will be first serued the punishment of Adams one sinne barred the plea for any reward for former righteousnesse Fiftly what comparison can there be betweene the glory of Heauen and our workes on earth f Rom. 8.18 Sixtly it is worthy to bee obserued that it is mercy in God to set his loue vpon them that keepe his Commandements Exod. 20. Command 2. Seauenthly wee are so farre from meriting that we are taught to pray God to giue vs our daily bread wee haue not a bit of bread of our owne earning Eightly the Sanctification of the most righteous is but begunne in this life Lastly vnto all these Reasons adde the further Testimony of these Scriptures Dan. 9.9 Rom. 4.5 and 11.9 1. Cor. 4.4 Phil. 3.8.9 Secondly This place hath no colour for merit for to passe ouer that reason that the Scripture requireth good workes therefore our workes merit as a most false and absurd argument the wordes worthy of the Lord cannot be applied to merit by any meanes for in as much as the Lord had bestowed many of his fauours already vppon them and giuing his hand and writing and seale for the rest they cannot by any workes afterwards be said in any colour to merit what is past They are vrged Matth. 3. to bring foorth fruites woorthy repentance now it were absurd to thinke that the fruits afterwards borne should merit repentance which God gaue before for that is to affirme that not onely a wicked man might merit his own conuersion but that hee might merit it by the workes hee would doe after his conuersion which I know not that any Papist will affirme and the like reason is there of the phrase here vsed Quest Quest But letting the Papist goe what is it to walke worthy of the Lord Ans Answ It is so to cleaue vnto God that we refuse not out of the holy estimation of Gods free mercies to forsake our selues and the world and to testifie our obedience to the Law and Spirit of God in vprightnesse with all thankefulnesse But that this may appeare more plainely if we would walke worthy of the Lord 1 In generall our righteousnesse must exceede the righteousnesse of the Scribes and Pharisees we must be so farre from resting in the custome and practise of the vile sinnes that abound in the world that wee must not be satisfied with this that we be ciuill honest men and well thought of in the world for Gods mercies challenge more at our hands then ciuill honesty g Mat. 5.20 If we would walke worthy of the Lord we must doe sixe things 2 In particular if we would walke worthy of God 1 Wee must walke with God in the sence of Gods presence and in the light of his countenance so knowing his Loue as wee forget not his presence h Gen. 17.1 And because the wandring and vnmortified heart of man is not easily brought to this therefore we must humble our selues to gaine a better ability to walke with our God i Mich. 6.8 2 Wee must set the Law of God as the onely rule of our actions alwaies before vs k Psal 119.1 and by all meanes be carefull to obey the motions of Gods Spirit euen the Law in our mindes that is to walke after the Spirit l Gal. 5.21 and according to the Spirit m Rom. 8.1 3 We must labour to glorifie God by endeauouring by an open light to approue our selues to the world in shewing the power of Gods grace in our workes and the newnes of our liues n Iames 3.15 Math. 5. Rom. 6. 4 We must be contented to deny our owne reason wit desires delights and profits and to take vp any crosse God shall lay vpon vs o Luke 9.24 5 Wee should go beyond all ciuill honest men in this that wee would respect all Gods Commandements and make conscience of euery sinne by Prayer and endeauour to auoid it and to obey God both in our soules and bodies and in euery part of both Lastly we should so admire Gods loue in deliuering our soules from death and our feet from falling c. that wee should seeke Gods face in the light of the liuing and neuer to come empty handed but Gods vowes should be vpon vs and we should euer be rendring praise Thankefulnesse is all wee can giue to God p Psal 56.12.13 In all pleasing This is the second thing required in our conuersation we should not thinke it enough to liue iustly and religiously but wee must liue pleasingly also and this is true 1. In respect of God Let vs haue grace that wee may so serue God that wee may please him q Hebr. 12.28 1 Cor. 7.31 2. In respect of our owne Conscience preseruing the rest and goodnesse of the conscience 3. In respect of men thus the wife careth to please her husband and the husband to please his wife r 1 Cor. 7.34 What we should do that we might not onely serue God but please him too It is not enough to be perswaded that that we doe be good but we ought to looke to it that it be pleasing So in all dueties to God and in our carriage to men Quest But what should wee doe that wee might so serue God as please him too Ans This is answered in diuers Scripture 1 Be sure thou be not in the flesh for no such can please God Å¿ Rom. 8.8 and they are in the flesh that can relish nothing but fleshly things that take no care to prouide for the life of Grace and peace of Conscience vers â— that will not bee subiect to the Law of God vers 7. that haue not the Spirit of Christ vers 9. and that dye not to sinne
the workemanship of God created in Christ Iesus vnto good workes which God hath ordained that we should walke in them u Ephes 2.10 and it shall be to vs according to our works x Rom. 2.6 and therefore it should be our Wisdome to shew by good conversation our workes y Iames 3.13 and our Loue to prouoke others vnto good workes z Heb. 10.24 Concerning good Workes I propound three things 1 What workes are not good workes 2 What rules must be obserued to make our workes good workes 3 What workes are good in particular For the first the works that are done to be seene of men are not good works a Mat. 23.5 The workes of persecutors are all nought b Ioh. 8.39 40. What workes are good workes all works are nought that haue not repentance going before for good workes are the workes of the penitent c Acts 26.20 all the workes that are done too late are thrust out of the Catalogue of good workes as to cry to God after a man hath stood out all the opportunities and seasons of grace d Prou. 1.28 It is a signe mens workes are not good when they hate the light and cannot abide to be reproued e Ioh. 3.19 20. And of the like nature are those workes that are guided after the example of the multitude of which men say they doe as the most doe f Exod. 22. Lastly doth not the world hate thee g Ioh. 7.7 then suspect thy workes For the second that we may haue comfort that God will account our workes good works What rules must be obserued to make our workes good works 1. They must be warranted by the word of God if wee doe truth we must goe to the light that our deeds may be manifest that they are wrought in God h Iohn 3.21 2. Our persons must be made good by iustification we must be created in Christ Iesus i Ephes 2.10 Would we worke the workes of God we must beleeue in him that God hath sent k Ioh. 6.28 29. 3. Our workes must be finished l Iohn 4.34 4. By mortification we must purge our selues that we may be meete for the Masters vse and prepared for euery worke we would haue accepted as good m 2 Tim. 2.21 Lastly the ends must bee good and the ends of all good workes are 1. The glory of God 2. The discharge of our obedience 3. The edification of our neighbours 4. The testification of our Faith and Thankfulnesse 5. The escaping of the punishment of sinne and the destruction of the wicked 6 The answering of our high calling in Iesus Christ 7. The obtayning of the glory of Heauen For the third in our conversation with men there are diuers kindes of good works What vvorkes are good vvorks in particular some spirituall some corporall they are good workes to instruct admonish incourage reproue and pray for others to pull an infant or weake man out of a flaming fire is a good worke and such it is to recouer a sinner by admonition counsell c. It is a good worke to couer infirmities yea a multitude of them and to forgiue trespasses and to ouercome euill with goodnesse so also they are good workes to grieue with them that grieue in giuing honour to goe one before another to lift vp the iust praises of others to lend to the needy and to giue liberally and cheerefully towards the relieuing of the necessities of the poore especially them of the houshold of Faith To conclude from the manner of phrase bearing fruit in euery good worke these things may be obserued First that good workes are fruites for they are such things as shew our Faith proue our planting and yeeld vs comfort in Gods acceptation of them Secondly that a religious minde will labour to get fruit of euery sort hee will not know a good worke but he will desire to carry some fruit of it Thirdly a Christian man carries his fruit both because hee carries the blessing of his well-doing and because hee is neuer without some fruit as also he shall be sure his workes will go with him when all things else shall leaue him Thus farre of the eminency of Christians in holy conuersation Increasing in the knowledge of God Whereas a Question might bee asked what should wee doe that we might attaine to the holinesse of life before described These words containe an answere to it that they must increase in the knowledge of God The words in themselues stand of three parts First the Grace Knowledge Secondly the Measure of it increase Thirdly the Obiect of God Of the Grace it selfe I haue intreated before onely from the repetition two things may be obserued First we had need to be often vrged and put in minde 2 Obseruation from the repetition Wee need to be often stirred vp to seek knowledge and stirred vp to seeke knowledge we are naturally so vnapt to spirituall things that line must be vpon line and precept vpon precept n Esay 29. Of our selues there is none of vs haue any great mind to vnderstand or seeke after God o Psal 14.2 or if we begin we soone leaue off to vnderstand to doe good p Psal 36.3 and some of vs are so wayward and wilfull that we know not nor will not know but walke on in darkenesse though all the foundations of the earth be moued q Psal 82.7 Secondly men are not onely to seeke knowledge that they may be conuerted and sanctified and liue a righteous life but euen after all these are attayned we must still be industrious to get more knowledge We must still seeke to get more knowledge because knowledge inlarged giues the comfort and sence of grace receiued else a man may haue Faith and yet for want of knowledge liue without the comforts of it Besides it furthers the sanctification of our callings and the Creatures wee vse r 1 Tim. 4.3 Further it makes vs able to discerne things that differ and in matters of saluation to trust our owne Faith Å¿ Phil. 1.10 1 Iohn 4.1 and it keepes downe corrupt affections t Esay 11.7.9 and in what measure we retain our ignorance we retaine feare and the spirit of bondage Increasing The adiunct increase followes Here are two Doctrines Doct. 1 First that wee must increase in knowledge else that we haue will decay and knowledge is giuen but in part and not all at once Besides it is a speciall part of GODS Image and therefore of great both necessitie and honour If men bee neuer weary of seeking for wealth and riches why should a Christian be weary of seeking Wisedome which is better then all treasures Secondly that increase of knowledge is a great furtherance of holy life Doct. 2 the preuailing of sinne in the life of the Iewes was caused by the preuayling of ignorance u Esay 1.3 Therefore there is no
mercy nor pietie in the Land because there is no knowledge of God in the Land x Hos 4.1.2 God shewes his righteousnesse to them that know him y Psal 36 10. And therefore neyther the Papists must tell men that Ignorance is the Mother of Deuotion nor the common Protestant so idly aske what needes all this knowledge More particularly three questions may be here resolued What are the lets of increasing Quest 1. What are the lets of increase Ans There are many lets 1. Ill opinions about knowledge as that it is vnprofitable vnnecessary c. 2. Abuse of our Callings 3. The loue of other things z Ier. 9.23.24 4. The smothering of doubts difficulties and preiudice in the vse of the meanes 5. Securitie when a man growes proud of what hee doth know and presumes of Gods mercy for what he wants 6 Presumptuous sinne as it hinders other graces so it casts men behinde hand in knowledge 7. Resisting of Gods Spirit pricking the conscience to get it awake and smothering of terrors * Hos 6.1.2.3 8. Internall euils nourished as lust a Tim 3.7 euill thoughts b Pro. 14.22 passion c Prou. 14.29 How we may know when we increase with knowledge What we must doe that wee may increase in knowledge c. Quest 2. How may we know when we increase in knowledge Ans We increase in knowledge 1. If we increase in affection to the meanes for God is neuer wanting in the successe 2. If we increase in the power of godlinesse it is certaine wee grow in knowledge if wee grow in grace 3. If wee grow stayed and setled and more resolued in the doctrine of Gods grace and practise of holy life Quest 3. What must we doe that wee may increase Ans We must obserue these Rules 1. We must practise what we doe already know d Iohn 7.17 2. Wee must not be ouer-curious or suffer our selues to be drawne aside with fond questions controuersies and speculations but be wise to sobriety e Rom. 12.13 3. Wee must redeeme the time and watch to all the opportunities for the vse of the meanes f Ephes 5.16 4. Wee must vse the world as if wee vsed it not 5 We must acknowledge that is confesse and professe what we know least God by our vnthankefulnesse and fearefulnesse be prouoked to scourge our spirits with a slumber or reprobate sence g Rom 1.28 6. Wee must minde our owne way h Prou 14.8 Lastly we must vse Gods ordinances and all of them and without interruption constantly and cheerefully Thus of the Grace it selfe and the Measure of it the Obiect followes Of God Our knowledge must be of God foure wayes Our knowledge must be of God foure waies for first it must be spirituall and diuine knowledge not humane naturall and earthly 2. It must be of God as hee is the author of it we must seeke it from aboue by prayer 3. It must be of God as he is the end of it it must draw vs nearer to God Lastly God must be the obiect of it we must know Gods Name In this last sence here are two things imported First that euen after regeneration there may be sometimes some working of the seedes of Atheisme So wretched is the euill nature of man that in this respect there is cause many times to hang downe the head with horror shame and bitter mourning of heart and confusion of face Secondly that increase in holy conuersation doth abate the mouings of Atheisme as any be more holy so they are more freed from the trouble of them Be first holy and then be an Atheist professed or resolued if thou canst Concerning the knowledge of God foure things are to be considered 1. How he is made knowne 2. Who they are that God chargeth with this that they know him not 3. How it comes to passe that man knowes not his God 4. What we must doe that we may know God How God is made knowne God is made knowne 1. in his Sonne in Christ God is as it were visible i Iohn 14.9 2. By his Spirit k 1 Cor. 2.10.11 3. By his worde both by the testimony it giues of God and by the relation of Prophesies accomplished and Miracles wonderfully wrought it shewes a God as it is a sacred treasury preseruing the memory of wonderfull things 4. By his workes and that either in generall as God hath stamped vpon them some markes of his invisible things l Rom. 1. or in his particular workes as the founding of the Earth the hanging of the Cloudes the spreading out of the Heauens the recoyling of the Waters leauing an habitation for man terrours of Conscience Plagues vpon wicked men at their wish answering of Prayers Miracles the Soule of Man and state of Diuels 2 There are many sorts of men yea euen in the Church Who they are that know not God besides professed Atheists that are hated of God and charged with this that they know not God as 1. All that keepe not his Commandements m Esay 1.5 1 Iohn 2.4 2. All that heare not vs n 1 Iohn 4.6 3. All Persecutors o John 16.3 4. All that honour not such as feare God p 1 Iohn 3.1 5. All that deny the Natures or Offices of the Sonne of God q 1 Iohn 2.23 The causes of this ignorance of God 3 This wretched Atheisme and Ignorance of God and euill thoughts of his Nature Presence Attributes c. is caused first by corruption of our natures in the Fall 2. It is increased by the custome of all sorts of sinnes 3. If it preuaile it may come by some speciall iudgement of God who being prouoked by other sinnes doth leaue men to a spirit of slumber or eternally reiecting them doth leaue them to a reprobate sence or in the power of the sinne against the holy Ghost 4 That we may know God and increase in it wee must view his workes What wee must do that we may know God search his Booke obey the motions of his Spirit humble our selues to seeke the signes of his presence and for the better successe in all labour for a pure heart r Math. 5.6 Hitherto of the Obiect Parts and End of Knowledge the Cause followeth in these words Verse 11. Strengthened in all might according to the power of his glory IN the words I note 1. The thing it selfe Strengthened 2. The manner of it in all might 2. The ground of it according to the power of his glory or glorious power From the Coherence I obserue that wee must bee strengthened in Grace before wee can be filled with Knowledge till Grace preuaile euill motions Doct. 1 and temptations grow many times too hard for the seedes of Knowledge and the Diuell steales away much of the seede Strengthened There are two sorts of Christians fearing God some are Doct. 2 strengthened with all might
Two sorts of Christians some are feeble in the Knowledge and Grace of God There are strong Christians and weake infants and men of riper age It is profitable more exactly to consider of both and in the weake Christian I consider 1. Who are weake 2. What helpes to make them strong in the might of God For the better vnderstanding of the first I propound three things 1. What the Infant or weake Christian wanteth by which hee discouers his weakenesse 2. What he hath notwithstanding his wants 3. The happinesse of his estate though he be weake They are but Babes and infants in Grace 1. Who are Infants in grace That know not the loue of Christ with particular distinct and full assurance Å¿ Ephes 3 19.20.17 2. That are not able to practise the more strong and purging duties of mortification t Math 9.15 c. 3. That serue any passion and vnruly affection u 1 Cor 3.1.2.3 4. That are vnsetled in the way of life x Iohn 14.5 and tost with the winde of contrarie doctrine y Ephes 14. 5. That sticke at acknowledgement and dare not stand out to the profession of the truth z Ephes 4.13 6. That cannot digest some truths of God as being strong meate and in their account hard sayings 7. That are inexpert and vnskilfull in the word of righteousnesse a Heb 5.12.13 especially if they be ignorant in the principles * Iohn 6.60 16.22 other signes may bee gathered from the contrarie estate of the strong Christian afterwards What the weake Christian hath 2 Yet the weakest Christian whatsoeuer hee wants hath these things 1. Hee discernes the season of Grace and the day of his peace and redemption which the wise-men of the world doe not b Math. 16.3 2. Though in his owne account hee can doe but little for the truth yet hee will bee sure to doe nothing against the truth if hee may know it c 2 Cor 13.8 3. Hee is not in the flesh hee is more then a naturall man hee is borne againe d 1 Cor 15.50 Iohn 3.5 Rom 8.8 4. Hee hath an earnest appetite and constant desire after the sincere milke of the Word e 1 Pet. 2.2 5. Hee beleeues whiles hee struggles with vnbeliefe 6. The strong man armed which is the Diuell is so cast out by Christ that hee preuailes not as hee was wont 7. He can deny his reason pleasures profits and beloued sinnes and take vp his Crosse in some measure f Luke 14.26.27.33 Lastly such a dore may bee opened to them that haue little strength as no man can shut and such courage they may haue that they will sticke to the word and keepe it as their best treasure whatsoeuer they lose and by no meanes be induced to deny Christ and his Name g Reuel 2.8.9 His happines though he be weake 3. His case is happy though weake for hee hath such a High Priest and Sauiour as knowes how to haue compassion on the ignorant h Heb. 5.2 and is touched with a feeling of his infirmities i Heb. 2.18 and hath wrought the reconciliation of all his brethren and was tempted himselfe and therefore will succour the weake when hee is tempted k Heb. 2.18 and will see to it that more shall not bee laide vpon him then hee is able to beare l 1 Cor 10. it being his charge and office to prouide that the bruised Reede be not broken or the smoaking Flaxe quenched till iudgement be brought foorth vnto victory And at all times the weakest Christian may goe boldly to the throne of Grace and obtaine mercy to helpe in time of neede m Heb. 4. vlt. Helpes for the weake Christian The helpes for strengthening of the weake are of two sorts some without vs some to be vsed by vs. Without vs there are many things that may strengthen and incourage and animate the weake 1. There is proposed a glorious inheritance to them that ouercome 2. We haue the example of all the Saints 3. We haue a strong and sure foundation n 2 Tim. 2.19 4. We haue a strong God and his power is engaged to exercise it selfe in our weakenesse and to keepe vs vnto saluation without falling till hee present vs faultlesse before the presence of his glory o Iud 24. 1 Pet 1 5. 2 Cor 12.9 5. Wee haue a strong word of God able to builde vs vp and make vs wise and saue our soules p Acts 20.32 2 Tâ—m 3.16 Iames 1.21 as being Gods Arme and mightie instrument of his power q 1 Cor. 1.18 Rom. 1.10 6. The spirit of God is a Spirit as of Grace so of Power r 2 Tim 1.7 and helpeth the weake as in Prayer Å¿ Rom. 8.26 so in euery Dutie and grace 7. Wee haue a strong Sauiour Christ doth strengthen and incourage the Christian three waies first by his owne example becomming a patterne to vs to follow secondly by application for vnto all that lay hold on him by Faith hee is a Priest after the power of endlesse life t Heb 7.16 the Wisedome of God and the Power of God u 1 Cor 1.24 thirdly by operation for hee hath borne our infirmities by his one offering hee hath and doth consecrate and make perfect our persons and workes in Gods sight x Heb 2.10 he doth vnite vs to the Father y Ioh. 17.21.23 hee giues vs his Fathers glory both in that he giues vs such Graces as will bring to glory and in that hee giues vs credit where himselfe and the Father are in credit Thus of the helpes without vs. If any aske in the second place what wee must doe that wee may bee strengthened I answere 1. Wee must pray for Knowledge and Faith to discerne and beleeue Gods power and promise Ephes 1.8 c. And in the fourth of that Epistle there are fiue things more to be done that wee may attaine to a ripe age in Christ first wee must subiect our selues to bee taught and wrought vpon by such Teachers as are set ouer vs by Christ 2. Wee must resolue and settle our selues in the doctrine of the foundation and the Principles of truth that wee bee not tossed to and fro with euery winde 3. Wee must so be satisfied with the voyce of Christ in our Teachers that we cast aside all respects of the voice of strangers not opening our â—â—res willingly to the sleights of cunning men that will lie in waite to deceiue vs. 4. We must take heede of personall discords with any that feare God following the truth in loue 5. Wee must mutually striue to yeeld and seeke helpe to and of one another that euery ioynt in this mysticall body according to the measure of the part may supply and make vp the increase of the body by vertue of vnion with the Head and communion with the Members
they be in a dungeon in this world yet a great window is broken downe and much light appeares though there be sinne in them yet it raignes not though they must die yet the sting of death is pulled out though they endure the same afflictions that wicked men doe for the matter yet they are not the same for nature and vse they are not curses or punishments but onely chastisements and tryals or preuentions The consideration of this that wee are not all at once deliuered from the power of darkenesse may defend often preaching and the frequent vse of all good meanes publike or priuate This darkenesse will not away with one dayes shining these clouds will not bee dispelled with one blast what 's the light of one candle when the night hath inclosed the whole ayre And translated vs into the kingdome of his deare Sonne Or as it is in the Originall of the Sonne of his loue These words containe the second part of our Redemption on earth in this world the redeeming of vs is the translating of vs and this translation is amplified by the condition of life into which wee are translated which for the excellencie of it is into a Kingdome and for the author of it is into the kingdome of Iesus Christ the Sonne of Gods loue Translated The word is a Metaphor and the comparison is taken from Plants in nature and there are diuers things signified vnto vs concerning our Redemption in the similitude of translating Plants As trees are translated in Winter not in the Spring so commonly our Redemption is applied in the dayes of speciall affliction and sorrow o Job 33.14 vers 31. and as the Plant is not first fruitfull and then translated but therefore translated that it may beare fruit so wee are not therefore redeemed because God was in loue with our fruits but therefore translated out of the kingdome of darkenesse that we might bring foorth fruit vnto God And as a tree may be truely remoued and new planted and yet not presently beare fruite so may a Christian bee truely translated and yet in the first instant of his conuersion hee may not shew foorth all that fruit he doth desire c. What translating hath in it In particular translating hath two things in it first pulling vp secondly setting againe The pulling vp of the tree shadowes out three things in the conuersion of a Sinner First separation from the world hee cannot be in Christ that hath his heart rooted in the earth and keepes his olde standing amongst these trees the wicked of the world Secondly deliuerance both from originall sinne in the raigne of it which is the moysture of the olde earth and also from hardnesse of heart for translating hath remoouing of the mould and stones that were about the roote Thirdly godly sorrow raised by the sense of the stroakes of the Axe of Gods threatnings and by the losse of many sprowts and branches that were hidden in the earth A Christian cannot scape without sorrow for hee hath many an vnprofitable sprowt of vanitie and sinfull profit and pleasure hee must part with The setting of the tree notes both our ingrafting into Christ by the Spirit of God through Faith and our communion with the Saints the fruitfull trees in Gods Orchard as also it notes our preseruation by the infusion of the sappe of holy graces Our natures are translated not destroied And it is worthy to be noted that he saith translated vs to teach vs that there remaines in man the same nature after Calling that was before for our natures are not destroyed in conuersion but translated there remaines the same faculties in the soule and the same powers in the body yea the constitution and complexion of man is not destroyed as the melancholy man doth not cease to be so after conuersion onely the humour is sanctified vnto a fitnesse for godly sorrow and holy meditation and the easie renouncing of the world c. and the like may bee said of other humours in mans nature Into the Kingdome The kingdome of God is either vniuersall ouer the whole world or spirituall ouer the faithfull Soules on earth or blessed soules in heauen till the day of Iudgement or it is both spirituall and corporall ouer all the Saints after the day of iudgement for euer It is the Kingdome of Grace by inchoation in the way present here below that is here meant not the Kingdome of Glory by Consummation in our Countrey aboue The Kingdome of Christ here on earth Christs Kingdome better then all other Kingdomes though it be not so visible and pompous as other kingdomes are yet it excels all the kingdomes on earth for when all other kingdomes are not onely shaken but translated or remoued or dissolued the kingdome of Christ will endure to the end and in Christs kingdome the number of possessors doth not diminish the largenesse of the possession of each whereas in other states many Kings make little Kingdomes Besides wicked men may not onely be Subiects but Kings in other kingdomes but this Kingdome though it be euery where yet it is wanting to the ignorant and sinners Christ raignes in this Kingdome by his Word and Spirit and his gouernment is taken vp especially in two things first the collection of his Church and secondly the maintenance of it Great are the priuiledges of the Saints vnder the gouernement of Iesus Christ they are qualified with eternall graces The priuiledges of the Subiects of this Kingdome they are comforted with the daily refreshings that flow from the sense of Gods fauour they are confirmed in the assured peace with Angels and good men they are estated into an euerlasting inheritance they daily reape the benefits of Christs Intercession they often suppe with Christ and are feasted by the great King they liue alwaies in the Kings Court in as much as they are alwaies in Gods speciall presence they partake of the priuiledges Prayers and blessings of all the righteous and they haue the Spirit of God in them to vnite them to God and Christ to leade them in the pathes of holy life to comfort them in all distresses to warne them if they goe out eyther on the left hand or the right and to helpe them in their prayers making request for them when they know not what to pray as they ought Obiect Obiect The World sees no such glory in the estate of Christians in this Kingdome Sol. There lyes a vayle ouer the eyes of all worldly men Solut. and besides this Kingdome though it be in the world is not of it though it be here yet it is not from hence and the afflictions that commonly couer the face of the Church doe hide from carnall men the beautie of it and by reason of the opposition that is betweene the Kingdome of Christ and the Kingdome of Darkenesse though the world know the glory of Christians yet they will not acknowledge it Obiect
Obiect The faithfull themselues discerne not any such excellencie in their earthly condition Sol. Wee must distinguish of Christians Solut. some are but infants in grace and babes these may be entituled to great things and yet haue no great sense of it as the Childe in Nature hath no great discerning of the inheritance hee is borne to or his owne present condition wherein hee excels others A kingdome is neuer the worse because the infant Prince cannot discourse of the glory of it Some Christians fall away for the time into grosse sinne or error and these are in matters of grace like the drunken man or Paraliticke in nature their discerning is lost with their vprightnesse other Christians either want the meanes in the power of it or are tossed with great afflictions or are in the fit of temptation and then they haue but a darke glimpse of their felicity in Christ but the strong Christian that hath digested the assurance of Gods loue in Christ and is exercised in the word of righteousnesse sees such a glory in the Kingdome of Grace and doth acknowledge it with such vnmoueable firmenesse of heart that all the powers of either earth or hell cannot alter his iudgement in the high estimation of such a condition Vses The Vse of this Doctrine concerning Christs Kingdome is First for Consolation Gods Children should much exult and reioyce in their estates and in as much as Christ sitteth as king for euer all that are in his Temple should speake of his glory p Psal 29.10.18 and if there were nothing else for a Christian to ioy in yet let all the children of Sion reioyce in their King q Psal 149.2 Yea the thought of this that God is our King should vphold vs and fence vs against all crosses r Psal 74.12 for Christ is a hiding place for the winde and a couer for the tempest as riuers of waters in a dry place and as the shadow of a great rocke in a weary Land Å¿ Esay 32.2 And therefore let our eyes neuer grow dimme in viewing this glory or our eares grow dull in harkening to the word of this Kingdome Secondly for Reproofe and terrour vnto all wicked men that harden their hearts and refuse to returne What greater losse then to lose Christs Kingdome and what fairer seruice then to serue the Sonne of God Who would not feare thee O King of Nations t Jer 10.7 accursed is the estate of all such as subiect not their neckes to Christs yoake that refuse to let him raigne ouer them by his Word and Spirit that come not vp to doe their homage in Ierusalem euen to worshippe this King the Lord of Hoasts u Zach. 14.17 If Iesus Christ be a great King then where shall they appeare that say to the King Apostata x Iob 34.18 Euen all such I meane that dare reproach the way of Christ and deride the sinceritie of such as desire to imploy themselues in the businesse of the Kingdome c. Is hee a great King how dare wee then offer that vnto him which they durst not offer to a meane King on earth What meane the blinde and the lame in Gods house y Mal 1.13.14 how dare men so securely offer vp their blinde lip-seruice and lame deuotions It is a Kingdome that is offered why doe wee then trifle why doe they excuse What meanes these fond excuses I haue married a wife and cannot come I haue bought fiue yoake of Oxen and must goe proue them I haue bought a Farme and must goe see it I haue this pleasure and that profit and therefore cannot come Will they lose a Kingdome vpon so silly a pretence when thou needest not to lose either Wife Farme or Oxen. God doth not bid thee leaue thy Wife thy Labour thy Calling thy Liuing but onely wils thee to attend thine owne further aduancement in the season of it seeke lawfull profit but seeke Grace first Vse thy lawfull pleasures but chiefly seeke the pleasures of God euen these spirituall ioyes that are more worth then a Kingdome Thirdly for Instruction it should teach vs aboue all things to seeke our happinesse in this excellent estate vnder the gouernement of Iesus Christ Wee should in respect of the worth of it forsake our Fathers house and the immoderate desire of any earthly thing so that the King will please to delight in vs z Psal 4.5 Wee should open our hearts wider that the King of Glorie by his Word and Spirit may come in * Psal 24.10 Wee should labour for all those Graces by which an entrance is ministred into this Kingdome a 2 Pet 1.8.11 and whatsoeuer we are vncertaine of wee should make our Calling and Election sure and though we bee neuer so many waies opposed yet seeing wee fight for a Kingdome nay in a Kingdome wee should hold it alwaies a good fight b 1 Tim 6. and continue constant and vnmoueable and if Christ lead vs into his Chambers c Cant 1.3 of presence and delight vs with the sweete ioyes of his presence wee should remember such princely loue and ioy in him alwaies Let the Christian sing and make a ioyfull noyse to the rocke of his saluation and let him worshippe and bow downe let him serue with all reuerence and heare without all hardnes of heart d Psal 95.1.3 let no discontentment possesse the heart of the true Christian for to serue Christ is to raigne and all his Subiects are Kings and the worst estate of the meanest Christian is a rich Kingdome Of his Sonne Quest Quest Why is it called the Kingdome of the Sonne rather then of the Father Ans Answ Because God hath giuen all the power to the Sonne and this Kingdome is assigned ouer to him The merit of this happinesse is onely in Christ and the vertue that gathers vs into this kingdome is onely from CHRIST and no man commeth to the Father but by Christ Sonne of his loue Christ is the Sonne of Gods loue first because hee is most worthy of all others to be beloued As Iudas is the Sonne of perdition that is most worthy to be damned Secondly because hee was from euerlasting begotten of the loue of his Father hee is Gods naturall Sonne Thirdly because he is infinitely filled with the sense of his loue so they are said to be the Children of the marriage that are full of ioy in respect of the marriage Fourthly because it is hee by whom loue is deriued into others It is hee that makes all other Sonnes beloued Lastly in respect of his humane nature he is that Sonne vpon whom God hath shewed his principall loue in respect of the gifts with which that nature is admirably qualified The meditation of this that CHRIST our Sauiour is the Sonne of Gods loue is very comfortable for hee is like to speede in any thing hee requests the Father for vs and hee will be
Esay 59.2 it defiles it remaines vpon Record written with a penne of Iron and with the point of a Diamond p Ier 17.1 o Psal 51.1 it causeth all the disquietnesse of the heart q Psal 38.3 it is the cause of all Iudgements It brings death r Rom 6. vlt. What a man should do to get his sinnes forgiuen him Thirdly a Question is here to be considered of viz. What should a man doe that hee may get a comfortable assurance that his sinnes are forgiuen him Ans He that would be assured of remission of sinnes must doe these things First hee must forgiue other men their trespasses against him else hee cannot be forgiuen t Luke 4.18 1 Iohn 1.9 Hos 14.3 Zach 12.12 Chap 13.1 Secondly hee must search out his sinnes by the Law Å¿ Math 6.14 and mourne ouer them in Gods presence striuing to breake and bruise his owne heart with griefe in secret in the confession of them to God Luk. 4.18 1 Iohn 1.9 Hos 14.3 Zach. 12.12 to the end 13.1 Thirdly wee must take heede of the sinne against the holy Ghost which beginning in Apostacie is continued in Persecution of the knowne Truth and ends in Blasphemie and is therefore a sinne vnpardonable because the sinner is vtterly disabled of the power to repent And howsoeuer all sinnes against the holy Ghost are not vnpardonable but onely that sinne that hath the former three things in it yet the man that would haue euidence of pardon must take heede of all wayes of offending against Gods Spirit and therefore must take heede of speaking euill of the way of godlinesse of contemning the meanes of Grace by which the Spirit workes and of tempting grieuing or vexing of the holy Ghost within his owne heart or others Fourthly he must daily attend vpon the preaching of the Gospell till the Lord be pleased to quicken his owne Promises and his heart to the ioyfull application of the Comforts of Gods Loue conteined in his Word And when men come to Gods presence to seeke so great a mercy as the pardon of sinne they must aboue all things take heede of wilfull hardnesse of heart least their vnwillingnesse to be directed by Gods Word be requited with that curse that God should grow vnwilling that they should repent and hee should forgiue them u Marke 4.11.12 Acts 26.18 Fiftly the Prayers of the faithfull are very auaileable to procure the pardon of sin x Iam. 5.16 Sixtly he must with due preparation be often in receiuing the Sacrament of the Lords Supper which is to the worthy Receiuer a worthy Seale of Remission y Math 26.28 Seauenthly he must amend his life and belieue in Iesus Christ z Mark 1.4 Acts 5.31 10.43 Verse 15. Who is the Image of the inuisible God and the first begotten of euery Creature HItherto of the worke of Redemption now followeth the person of the Redeemer who is described as hee standeth in relation 1 To God Vers 15. 2 To the vniuerse or whole World Vers 15.16.17 3 To the Church Vers 18.19 c. In all the Verses in generall That Christ is GOD. may be obserued the euident proofe of his diuine Nature For as the Verses before when they mention Redemption in his bloud proue him to be man so these Verses ascribing to him Eternitie Omnipotence c. prooue him to be God That our Sauiour is God may be further confirmed by these places of Scripture Gen. 19.24 Iudg 2.1.4.14 Psal 45. Prou. 8.22 Iob. 19.25 Isay 7.14 and 9.6 and 35.2.4 and 40 3.10.12 and 43.10.11.23 and 45.22 Ier. 23.5.6 Hos 1.7 and 12.4 Mich. 2.12 and 4.1 Iohn 1.1 c. 1 Iohn 5.20 Reuel 1.6 Christ more excellent then al Monarches in diuers respects Besides the Apostles drift is to extoll the excellencie of Christ by whose bloud we are redeemed Howsoeuer hee appeared in forme of a seruant yet hee exceeded all Monarches that euer were on earth for Christ is the essentiall Image of God whereas the greatest Monarchs are Gods Image but by a small participation Hee is the Sonne of God by generation they are so onely by creation or regeneration Hee is the first borne they are but yonger brothers at the best Hee is the Creator they are but Creatures All things are for him whereas they haue right and power ouer but few things hee is eternall they are mortall Things cannot consist without a Redeemer in Heauen but so they may without a Monarch on earth hee is a mysticall Head and by his Spirit vniteth all his Subiects to him and by influence preserueth them but so can no politicall heads doe their Subiects Other things I might instance in the Verses following but these shall suffice The first thing in particular by which the Redeemer is described is his relation to God in these words Who is the Image of the inuisible God Here three things are to be considered First the Person resembling Who Secondly the manner how he resembleth viz. by the way of Image thirdly the person resembled in his Nature God in the Attribute of his Nature Inuisible For the first if wee be asked of whom hee here speaketh it is easily answered out of the former Verses It is the Sonne of GOD the Sonne of his Loue Verse 13. And thither I referre the consideration of the first poynt Difference betweene Image and Similitude Image Our Redeemer resembles God by way of Image There is difference betweene the Image of a thing and the Similitude of it The Sunne in the Firmament expresseth God by Similitude for as there is but one Sunne so there is but one God And as no man can looke vpon the Sunne in his brightnesse so no man can see God with mortall eyes c. But yet the Sunne is not therefore Gods Image Gods Image is in Man and in Christ Gods Image is in man three waies Gods Image is in man three wayes First by Creation and so it is in all men euen worst men in as much as there is in them an aptitude to know and conceiue of God c. Secondly by Recreation and so it is in holy men that doe actually and habitually know and conceiue of God c. but this is vnperfectly Thirdly by similitude of glory and so the blessed in heauen conceiue of and resemble God and that in comparison with the two former perfectly The difference betweene the Image of God in Man and in Christ But there is great difference betweene the Image of God in man and the Image of God in Christ In Christ it is as Caesars Image in his Sonne in Man it is as Caesars Image in his Coyne Christ is the naturall Image of God and of the same substance with God whom he doth resemble but the Christian is Gods Image only in some respects neither is he of the same nature with God Man is both the Image of God and after the Image of God
the godly so shall they bee like smoake in vanishing away Obiect 7. But the righteous doe fall Sol. Vers 24. Though bee that fall yet hee falls not finally nor totally for hee is not vtterly cast dâ—â—â—eâ— and besides there is an vpholding prouidence of God in all the falles of the righteous Obiect 8. Wee see some wicked men that doe not so fall into aduersitie but rather are in prosperitie to their dying dayes Sol. Vers 27. Though they doe yet their seede shall be cut off Obiect 9. But some wicked men are strong yet and in their seede spread also Sol. Vers 35.36 Note also that those spreading Bay-trees many times soone passe away and they and their houses are sometimes vtterly cut off Obiect 10. But vpright men are vnder many and long crosses Sol. Vers 37. Yet his end is peace Obiect 11. But no body stands for the godly when they come into question Sol. Vers 39.40 Their saluation is of the Lord hee is their strength he will helpe them and deliuer them c. But if we would be thus deliuered obserue 1. That wee must not vnthankefully fret at Gods prouidence verse 1. 2. Wee must trust in the Lord and doe good vers 2.3 3. Wee must delight our selues in the Lord and not place our contentment on earthly thinges vers 4. 4 Wee must commit our wayes to God Vers 5. 5. Wee must get patience and humble affections vers 7.8.9.10.11 6. Wee must be of vpright conuersation vers 14. 7. Wee must be mercifull vers 25.26 8. Wee must speake righteous things and get the Law into our hearts vers 30.31 9. Wee must keepe our way and waite on GOD and not vse ill meanes Verse 18. And hee is the Head of the Body the Church hee is the beginning and first borne of the dead that in all things hee might haue the preheminence OVr Redeemer is described before both in his relation to God and to the World In this verse and the rest that follow to the 23. hee is described as hee stands in relation to the Church and that two wayes First in relation to the whole Church vers 18.19.20 Secondly in relation to the Church of the Colossians vers 21.22 The praise of Christ in relation to the whole Church is first briefely propounded and then more largely opened It is propounded in these words And he is the head of the Body the Church There is great oddes betweene the worlds subiection to Christ and the Churches for the faithfull are subiect to Christ as the members are to the Head but the wicked are subiect as vile things vnder his feete a Ephes 1.22 Great are the benefits which come to the Church from CHRIST as her Head I instance in sixe viz. Loue Sympathie Audience Aduocation Vnion The benefits flow from Christ as the head of the Church and Influence First Infinite Loue no man so loues his Wife as Christ loues his Church b Ephes 5.27 Secondly Sympathie by which Christ hath a fellow-feeling of the distresses of all his members that which is done to them hee takes it as done to him whether it be good or euill c Math. 18.5 25.40.45 Heb. 2.17 4.15 Thirdly Audience and willing acceptance of all the desires and prayers of all his members the Head heares for the Body Fourthly Aduocation no naturall Head can so plead for his members as doth our mysticall Head for vs. Fiftly Vnion wee as members are honoured with the Vnion of Essence in that hee hath taken our nature with the Vnion of Office so as the members are annointed Kings Priests and Prophets in their kinde as well as Christ and also with the Vnion of Vertue and benefits by which Vnion wee partake of his Righteousnesse Holinesse and Glory By Vertue of this Vnion with Christ the faithfull haue the euerlasting presence of Christ to and after the end of the World d Math. 28. The last benefit is influence influence I say both of Life for the second Adam is a quickening spirit e 1 Cor. 15. and Light for Christ is the Fountaine of all true Wisedome f 1 Cor. 1.30 the Head seeth for the Body and the Body by and from the Head and Grace for of his fulnesse wee receiue all grace and Motion for all good desires feelings words and workes come from the working of the Head in vs. Our head is more glorious then all politicall heads The politicall Head is the glory of the World and the misticall Head is the glory of the Church yet the misticall Head excells the politicall many wayes For 1 CHRIST is the Head of such as are not together in the being of Nature or Grace 2 CHRIST is a perpetuall Head the other is but for a time 3. CHRIST is a Head by Influence the other but by Gouernement 4. CHRIST is an absolute Head the other but subordinate to Christ and his Vice-gerent That Christ might become our Head wee must consider what hee did in fitting himselfe thereunto and secondly what hee doth in vs. For himselfe hee tooke the same Nature with his Church else had the Church beene like Nabuchadnezzars Image Yet as hee tooke our Nature so wee must know that hee bettered it The Head differs in worth from the Body because therein is seated the minde which is the noblest part of man so in the humane Nature of Christ dwells the Godhead bodily and by expiation in his owne person Christ takes away the sinnes of the Church which else would haue letted all Vnion And lastly hee exalted his suffering Nature and seated himselfe aloft as meete to haue the preheminence and become Head of all the faithfull And as the Head is thus fitted so are the Members for 1. they are collected out of the World by the sound of the Gospell Let them lie hidden in the world that meane to perish with the world 2. They are framed formed proportioned and begotten by daily hearing 3. They are ingrafted in an vnspeakeable and inuisible Vnion presently in truth afterwards in sence Church This word is diuersly accepted it is taken sometime in euill part for an assembly of wicked men and so there is the Church of the malignant g Psal 26.5 Acts 19.32.40 sometimes for the faithfull in heauen h Ephes 5.27 sometimes for Christians on Earth i 1 Tim. 3.15 Acts. 5.11 and this not alwaies in one sense sometimes for the Pastors of the Church and Gouernours as some thinke Math. 18.17 sometimes for the People and the Flocke k 1 Pet. 5.2 Act. 20. â—8 sometimes for particular Churches And lastly sometimes for all the Elect of God that haue beene are or shall be so Math. 16.18 Ephes 1.23 and 5.23 And so here The Church of Christ is glorious in three praises 1 She is One. l Râ—â— 2.18.12 2 She is Holy 3 She is Catholique She is One in respect of one Head and Seruice in respect of one Spirit
a fault in Cities when the people chuse vnto themselues vnmeete men to be their Heads God may chuse Saul following his Fathers Asses because if he make Princes he can giue spirit vnto Princes but it is not so with men they may giue the Office but they cannot giue the gifts to execute it And it is likewise a great shame to such Rulers of the people as are so farre from repressing disorders that they are disordered themselues and their housholds So domesticall Heads likewise if they would not see swearing lying whoring passions idlenesse c. in their Children and Seruants they must be free from ill example themselues and be as heads excelling the rest of the family in gifts and good behauiour It pleased The mouing cause and foundation of all the grace shewed to the Creature is the good pleasure of the will of the Creator a Ephes 1.5 2 Thess 1.11 Why is Israell planted b Psal 43.3 why are the great mysteries of God hidden from the wise and reuealed to Babes c Mat. 11.27 why hath the little Flocke a Kingdome d Luke 12.32 why hath God mercy on some and not on others e Exod 33.19 why hath Iob riches and why are they taken away f Iob. 1. why is Iudgement and righteousnesse in a forlorne world that deserued nothing g Ier 9.24 why is Iuda as Potters clay h Ier. 18.6 why is the world saued by preaching i 1 Cor. 1.21 why are some predestinate to be adopted k Ephes 1.5 why is the Mysterie of Gods will opened now and not before l Ephes 1.9 To conclude why is all fulnesse in the Head or any grace in the Members but onely because it pleased him Vses The vse of this is first to teach vs to doe likewise that is to doe good without respect of desert it is Royall yea it is Diuine Secondly it should teach vs if we would get any grace or blessing from God to examine our selues whether wee be in his fauour and to labour in all things so to serue him as to please him Thirdly to subiect our Reasons and Affections to Gods Will though hee should shew vs no other Reason of his doings but his Will for wee must alwaies know that things are alwaies iust because hee willed them Fourthly in our troubles and vnder crosses it should teach vs patience m Psal 39.9 and to labour to pacifie God by Prayer and Humiliation in the Name of Christ and to acknowledge the soueraigntie of God referring our selues to his pleasure for deliuerance n Psal 40.13 not trusting vpon the meanes o Psa 4.4.3.6 Lastly it may be a comfort that nothing can befall my Christian but what pleaseth God Doct. 2. God is well pleased in p Esay 42.1 CHRIST Heâ— loues him infinitely hee can bee content hee haue any thing yea all things and therefore it should teach vs to flie to Christ for helpe and heare him q Mat. 17.5 2 Pet. 1.17 And wee should neuer seeke nor acknowledge any other Mediator or Aduocate seeing God is well pleased in him That in him should all fulnesse dwell All fulnesse is in Christ in fiue respects Doct. There is a fulnesse and absolute compleatenesse in Christ 1. In respect of Members so the Church is the fulnesse of Christ r Ephes 1.23 2. In respect of the inhabitation of the Diuine Nature in the Humane for the God-head dwels in him bodily Å¿ Col. 2.9 3. In respect of Power so all power and fulnesse of authority was giuen to him ouer all things in heauen and earth t Mat. 28. Fourthly in respect of merit for here is great fulnesse if we consider either who merited not man onely but God also or when hee merited viz. from the very moment of Conception or for whom not for himselfe but for millions of others or what hee merited viz. remission of all Sinnes Graces of all kindes Glory that will last for euer 5. In respect of Grace there is a compleatnesse of Grace in Christ not onely in respect of the grace of personall Vnion or of Office or of Adoration but in respect of habituall graces or gifts and endowments of his soule The last is heere meant all fulnesse of gifts dwell in him The Vses Vses follow First Great is the mystery of godlinesse God manifested in the Flesh iustified in the Spirit c. u 1 Tim. 3.16 Secondly this is ioyfull newes to all Christs members for of his fulnes they receiue Grace for Grace Thirdly this confutes Papicolists in the opinions of their head hee cannot bee a Head in whom there is not fulnesse to serue the whole body and therefore the Pope can bee no head of the whole Church Lastly let the rest of Christ bee glorious to our soules x Isay 11.10 Hee hath the words of life whither shall wee goe from him Thus in generall This fulnesse hath increase of praise three wayes 1 It is all fulnesse 2 It is in him 3 It dwels in him For the first there is in Christ all fulnesse both in respect of the number of Graces y Esay 11 2. and in respect of the measure of them z Iohn 3.34 and therefore let the Christian reioyce in the Lord * 1 Cor. 1.30 and in all wants of the soule seeke to him by Prayer in Faith for from him and out of his fulnesse may bee had Wisedome and Sanctification a 1 Cor. 1.30 Counsell and Strength b Esay 11.2 Ioy and Gladnesse c Esay 61.3 yea a Christian should bee couetous seeing heere is enough to bee had and therefore should labour to be full of Knowledge d Esay 11.9 and of the feare of God e Prou. 19.23 and of good fruits f Iames 3.17 Phil. 1.11 This also reprooues the Iusticiaries and Sancti-colists Pharises and Saint-worshippers A fulnesse is no where to be had but in Christ and there is so much as needeth no supply from Saints or Angels It shewes also that the common Protestant serues an Idoll in stead of Christ in as much as hee gets in his relation to Christ no more Ioy Grace and Holinesse The true Christ hath all fulnesse not onely in himselfe but by influence for the good and according to the state of his Members For the second this fulnesse is in Christ and this hath matter of great weight for thereby is implyed the misery of all vnregenerate men There is no fulnesse compleatnesse sufficing felicitie wheresoeuer to bee had out of Christ And besides the Emphasis imports great comfort to the true conuert for this fulnesse is in Christ God doth not looke to haue the members actually absolute in themselues it will serue turne that all fulnesse bee in the head And in as much as the perfect blisse of a Christian is in his Christ it is well for his safety against the malice of
this world with Demas Many fall away for the Crosse and all are catcht with the deceitfulnesse of some sinne Quest. But may the faithfull fall away and not continue Answ The faithfull may lose and fall from 1. some degrees of innocency of life 2. Some degrees of the working and efficacie of Gods Spirit 3. Some degrees of Communion with Christ Their Communion may be lessened though their vnion can not be dissolued 4. from Faith Quoad sensâ—â— Quoad gradum Quoad actâ—â— Quoad doctrinam Quoad media doctrinae Seauen things from which the Elect can neuer fall Psal 94.14.145 14. Motiues to continuance of which 〈◊〉 â—â—kes mention heere And thus they may fall in respect of sense in respâ—â—â— of some degree in respect of some acts of faith in respect of some Doctrine of Faith and lastly in respect of the meanes of the doctrine of Faith But there are seauen things from which the Elect can neuer fall first eternall life Iohn 10.29 secondly confirming grace in some measure Psalm 14.5 thirdly remission of sinnes past Esa 43.25 Fourthly the seed either of doctrine or grace 1 Iohn 3.9 Fiftly the spirit of sanctification Sixtly the habite of Faith Luke 22.32 Seauenthly vnion with CHRIST Iohn 17.22.23.26 Continue Three things I propound concerning perseuerance First some reasons to moue vs to labour to hold out and continue Secondly rules to be obserued that wee might continue Thirdly the helpes the faithfull haue to further their perseuerance For the first Vnlesse we continue wee shall neuer haue the full truth of God nor be made free by it nor haue sound comfort that wee are the Disciples of Christ c Ioh. 8.31.32 Neither is any man fit for the kingdome of God that puts his hand to the plow and lookes backe d Luke 9.62 The branch cannot beare fruit except it abide in the Vine e Iob. 15.4 And if they continue not with vs it is because they were not of vs f 1 Iohâ— 2.19 It had beene better for men neuer to haue knowne the way of righteousnes then after they haue knowne it to turne from the holy Commandements deliuered vnto them For if after they haue escaped the pollutions of the world through the knowledge of Iesus Christ they be againe entangled and ouercome the latter end will be worse then the beginning g 2 Pet 2 19.20 Yea the very children of God by backesliding may fall into a miserable condition the powers of Hell may assault them h Psal 77.11 They may go to the graue with vnrecouerable affliction yea they may lose some graces without all restitution in this world as the ioy of their saluation plerophorie or full assurance c. For the second If thou wouldest continue Eight rules â—or Continuance thou must obserue eight rules First thou must get a continuing faith get thee an infallible assurance of God fauour arising from the wise Application of Gods promises and the sure witnesse of Gods spirit i Joh. 6 40. Secondly thou must at first be throughly cleansed of all thy filthinesse making conscience to repent of all sinne and haue respect to all Gods Commandements And thou must bee sure thou get a new heart for the old heart is deceitfull and will not hold out in any thing that is good k Ezek. 36.26.27 Thirdly thou must continue to vse the meanes of preseruation thou must still heare pray read conferre meditate and receiue the Sacraments for the spirituall life is preserued by meanes as well as the naturall Fourthly thou must ioyne thy selfe to such as feare God in the societieâ— and fellowship of the Gospell The affections and desires of many are blasted and soone vanish like a morning cloud for want of communion with such as are able to direct comfort admonish or encourage them l Ier 32 39 40 â—hil 1 5 6. Fiftly thou must see to it that thou get knowledge as well as affection m Hos 2.19.20 Psal 145.20.14 and affection as well as knowledgen. Sixtly thou must so receiue the truth of â—he doctrine of Christ as thou be also ready and willing to confesse it and professe it amidst the different opinions and humours of men o Math 16.16 Seuenthly Thou must be a sheepe meeke tractable profitable sociable innocent for boisterous conceited peruerse vnteachable natures will neuer hold long p Iohn 10.28 Lastly thou must be euer wary and take heede of crosse teachings and the puffs of contrary doctrine and withall take heed of coldnesse in following the truth and of discord with such as feare God Many times personall discords worke through mens singular corruptions apostacy from the truth once receiued q Ephes 4 13.14 The summe of all in that if we get a iustifying faith and be once assured of Gods fauour if wee at first make a through reformation if wee daily sticke to and wait vpon the meanes if wee conuerse with Gods children if we haue wise affections that are warmed with pietie and shewed with discretion if wee make a sound profession of the sinceritie of the truth if we be meeke and teachable and follow the truth without coldnesse or contention wee shall neuer fall but continue as Mount Sion that cannot bee moued And out of all this wee may discerne the cause of the backe-sliding of many either they were deceiued by a temporary faith or neglected the constant vse of Gods ordinances or were sleighthie in mortification or they forsooke the fellowship of the Saints or they were tost with contrary doctrine or they were people of vnruly affections or were seduced by secret lusts Helpes for continuance For the third though it be a hard worke to continue by reason of the infirmities within vs and the impediments from without vs yet a Christian hath great helpes to further him in perseuerance hee hath helpes first from the Saints and is furthered by their example by their exhortations and by their prayers r Heb 12 1. 10 24. 1 Tim 2 1. secondly from the immortall seede which is within them which hath as great aptnesse to grow as any seed in Nature and is a seed that is sowen for continuance euen for Eternitie it selfe Å¿ 1 Iohn 3 9. Thirdly from the easinesse and grace of the Couenant in which they stand in fauour with God And here it would be obserued how the words of the Coâ—enant runne for when God saith He will make his euerlasting Couenant his promise is that hee will not turne away from them to doe them good and his feare he will put in their hearts that they shall not depart from him t Ier 32 4. And in another place he saith hee will not onely clense them but hee will giue them a new heart and take away the stony heart out of their bodies and put his spirit within them and cause them to walke in his statutes and to doe them u Ephes 36 26.27 Fourthly
discerne the benefit of the Couenant of grace in freeing them from the curse and rigour of the Law The ignorance of this one point hath and doth couer the faces and hearts of millions of Gods Seruants with a perplexed confusion and feare without cause Sixtly many professors liue in much vnrest for want of discerning things that differ and the right vse of Christian liberty Seauenthly there is a kinde of luke-warmenesse in practise after hearing which is in many scourged with the withholding of this rich grace of spirituall stedfastnesse I say luke-warmenesse in practise for it may bee obserued that many heare with great affection and continue to be stirring in expressing their liking of the Word and yet are exceedingly negligent in the conscionable and daily practise of such rules as in the ministerie of the Word they seeme to receiue with admiration and great liking Eightly this comes by reason of the want of patience and a meeke spirit some Christians are froward passionate transported with violent affections either of anger or worldly griefe and these seldome or neuer gaine any long rest or continuall contentment troubled affections greatly hinder setlednesse euen in the best things To conclude many professors reuolt to the world and giue themselues to an vniustifiable liberty in following either their profits or their pleasures And therefore no maruell though Grace and true Religion thriue so slowly in them when they eate vp their hearts and liues with these cares and delights of life Hitherto of Faith Now of Hope Be not moued away from the hope of the Gospell whereof yee haue heard Though by Faith wee are interressed in Gods fauour and our soules garnished on earth with diuers graces as the fruits of Faith and our liues protected with caelestiall priuiledges yet the glory of our kingdome is neither of this world nor in this world Hope must guide vs to future things as well as Faith to present and therefore the Apostle Peter doth with great reason teach vs to blesse God for begetting vs againe to a liuely hope n 1 Pet. 1.3 our whole happinesse may be branched out into these two parts First what wee haue already on earth and secondly what wee looke to haue hereafter in Heauen The one Faith procures the other Hope assures Now in that wee haue not all our happinesse here but hope for it elsewhere it should teach vs diuers things First wee should effectually pray vnto GOD to giue such sound wisedome and reuelation by his word and spirit that wee may indeede know this hope of our calling o Eph 1.18 Secondly in all troubles wee should bee the more patient seeing wee holde our full and finall deliuerance when wee shall feele no more troubles or crosses by Hope Perfect saluation is had here onely by Hope p Rom 8. Thirdly when our friends go out of the world such as were deare vnto vs in the bonds of grace we should not mourne immoderately for them for that were to proclaime our want of knowledge or want of sense and feeling in the thoughts of the happinesse of another world q 1 Thes 4.13 Yea fourthly seeing the greatest part of our happinesse is yet to come wee should learne to place our ioyes in the contemplation of Heauen according to the Apostles direction who biddeth vs reioyce in Hope r Rom 12.12 And lastly wee should prepare for death and wait when the time of our changing should come that wee might enioy the glorious libertie of the Sonnes of God Not moued away Doct. It is not enough to haue hope but wee must get to be vnmoueable in it for as the Authour to the Hebrewes shewes wee should be diligent to get and haue a Plerophorie or full assurance of Hope to the end Å¿ Heb 6 11. Wee must holde fast the confidence and reioycing of hope t Heb 3.6 This is our sure and stedfast Anchor to which wee should in all stormes haue our refuge to holde fast by it u Heb. 6 18 19 The Vse is two-fold first it may reproue that vnsetlednesse Note and discontentment is found in men in the times of their affliction when euery crosse can moue them away from their confidence We would think him a strange man that in time of peace would walke vp and downe with a Helmet on him and when hee were to go into any battell or fray in the middest of the fight when it was at the hottest would take his Helmet and throw it off him And yet so strange are we In prosperitie wee out-bragge all men with our hope in God and our strong confidence but when the Diuell or the World beginne to deale their blowes and to molest vs with sharpest assaults then we grow heartlesse or impatient and throw away our hope when wee haue most neede of it Secondly it should teach vs to labour after this vnmoueablenesse of hope which that it may the better be done two things are to be looked to 1. that our hope be a true hope 2. that we vse the meanes to make this hope vnmoueable And for the first wee must consider three things First what hope is not true hope Secondly what persons haue no hope Thirdly what are the effects or properties of true hope Some things of many in each of these shall be instanced in First there is a hope of which men shall one day bee ashamed such is What hope is not true hope mens hope in their riches x Psal 52.7 in the arme of flesh y Ier 17 5. in oppression vanitie and sinne z Psal 62.10 in the instruments of deliuerance as the Bow or Sword c * Psal 44 6. in the deceitfull conceits of their owne braines a Esa 28 15. or in their ciuilitie of life This is to trust in Moses b Joh 5 45. Who haue not true hope All these and other such like hopes are egregiously vaine Secondly there are many sorts of men in the world concerning whom it is plaine in Scriptures they haue not hope For in the generall there is no hope in any vnregenerate man c 1 Pet 1 3. Ephes 2 12. and in particular it is cleere there is no true hope First in the ignorant Psalm 9.10 Secondly in prophane men that make no conscience of sinne Psalm 115.11 Thirdly in the presumptuous that blesse their hearts against the curses of the Law Deuter. 29.19 Fourthly in the Hypocrite for though hee haue wouen to himselfe out of the bowels of his poisonous breast a faire webbe of hope yet it shall be as the house of the Spider one swope of Gods Beesome shall easily lay him and his hope in the dust of miserie d Iob. 8.13 Lastly it is not in workers of iniquitie that make a Trade of sinne and euery day plodde about mischiefe Thirdly true hope is most stirring in affliction and then it shewes it selfe by foure things Which are the effects or
ministerie of Christ in his owne person of the Prophets and extraordinary Men and Angels is now ceased so as vnto vs this Mysterie is reuealed by the Spirit in the ministerie of Gods Seruants and in the vse of the Scriptures Quest But was not the Gospell reuealed till now since CHRIST Quest Answ Yes it was as these places may proue Iohn 8.56 Ans Abraham saw his daies and Moses wrote of him All the Prophets gaue witnesse vnto Christ 1 Pet. 1.10 Act. 10.43 Rom. 1.2 Christ is the same yesterday and to day and for euer Heb. 13.8 but the Gospell was hidden in respect of the time of the manifestation of the glory of Christ especially to the Gentiles and diuers things in the manner of Christs kingdome were not reuealed vnto them h 1 Pet. 1.10 as also in respect of cleerenesse of reuelation and the more ordinary life and power of the graces of the Messias and the more plentifull efusion of the gifts of the spirit Fiftly that it was not reuealed before viz. as it is now they had before Christ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is the promise of the Messias to bee exhibited and wee haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the tidings of the Messias exhibited Two things may be here obserued First That Gods Seruants may know their owne particular blessednesse for he saith it is reuealed to the Saints Secondly that the seasons of the reuelation of the Gospell in the power of it are singular priuiledges and greatly to be heeded and therefore woe is to those soules that neglect such dayes of grace it is double condemnation It is damnable to sit in darkenesse and haue no meanes of life but it is much more the condemnation of these worlds of prophane persons that light is come into the world yea into the Countrie yea Ioh 3. euen to their owne Townes and Congregations and yet they will loue darkenesse rather then light And on the other side it should teach men that know the time of such visitation both to beare witnesse to the light by presence countenance maintenance and establishing of it for them and theirs and also to walke as the children of the light euen as a people exceedingly priuiledged and blessed of God To his Saints The word Saint is somtime giuen to Christ i Psal 16.10 somtimes to Angels k Iob 15.15 somtimes to the blessed in heauen l Math 27.52 somtimes to the faithful on earth m Psal 16.3 The Pope hath his Saints and such are the choyse of the most desperate Traitors as he ordereth his Canonisations in our daies And the world hath his Saints to and they are ciuill honest men but here by Saints hee meaneth the faithfull on Earth and they are Saints that are holy by the righteousnesse of Faith n Act 26 18. that haue the spirit of Sanctification o 1 Cor 3 16.17 that are separate from sinners by a holy calling p Rom 1 6. 1 Cor 1 2. that are reformed from the principall euils of their former conuersation q 1 Cor 6 11. that call vpon the name of the Lord r 1 Cor. 1 2. that are consecrate to God in speciall holinesse of life Quest But if a man liue ciuilly in the world will not that serue the turne Quest Answ It will not Ans The defects of the ciuill honest man our righteousnesse must exceede the righteousnesse of the Scribes and Pharises And it may be profitable oft to recount the defects of the ciuill honest man First he wants sinceritie in the first Table Secondly hee sticks not at the inward corruptions of the second Table Thirdly his praise is of men in his best actions or else some other corrupt ends Fourthly hee is wholy voide of the inward worship of God and in the outward hee is either secure or superstitious Fiftly hee neuer trauelled in the new birth for his honesty Sixtly he wants the righteousnesse of Faith Seuenthly for the most part his heart is not sound nor vpright in his family especially for matter of Gods worship Verse 27. To whom God would make knowen what is the riches of his glorious mysterie among the Gentiles which riches is Christ in you for hope of glory THese words containe the fifth generall reason taken from the excellency of the subiect the Gospell in the preaching of it propounds vnto men and that is Christ And in this reuelation of Christ consider 1. to whom viz. to the Saints 2. by whom viz. God 3. what is the cause viz. the Will and good Pleasure of God Hee would 4. the manner 1. if we respect the vnregenerate world it is in a Mysterie 2. if we respect the grace communicated it is a glorious and rich mystery 3. if wee respect the place where Christ as a Sunne of righteousnesse riseth it is in you that is in the heart of man 4. if wee respect the persons hee makes choyce of it is the miserable Gentiles Amongst the Gentiles 5. if wee respect future things he is reuealed as the hope of glory To whom Of the persons to whom I haue spoken in the end of the former verse onely this Doctrine may be added That only the Saints that is holy men find Treasures Riches in the power of the glorious Gospel of Christ The Lords secret is onely with them that feare him a Psal 25.14 till faith be reuealed men are shut vp b Gal. 3.23 as in a dungeon or prison the Lord speakes peace onely to his people and his Saints c Psal 85.8 The righteousnesse of God is reuealed to the iust man that will liue by faith d Rom. 1.17 Flesh and bloud till there be a new birth is not capable of this reuelation e Matt. 16.17 men that hate to be reformed haue nothing to doe with Gods Couenant f Psal 50. Hence we may see where the fault is when men be so auerse and vnteachable when people haue the meanes and cannot vnderstand to profit and doe good it is onely in their owne hearts lusts and wickednesse of life and therefore let euery one that would grow rich in knowledge labour to bee abundant in practise for the sauing knowledge of this mystery encreaseth as grace and holinesse groweth God Doct. God is the author of all sauing knowledge he is the Father of lights The vse is therefore First if any man lacke wisdome let him aske it of God g Iames 1.5 Secondly let all that would haue knowledge vse good means Those people that are too wise to vse reading hearing conference and prayer are but in a miserable case those they account silly people euen as babes sucklings h Matt. 11.25 in comparison of them carry away the blessing while they liue and die in their sinnes Thirdly in the ministery of men we must beleeue them no farther then they bring warrant from the word of God it is Gods word and
and censures of Gods seruants a 2 Thess 3.14.15.16 As the knitting together of Gods people is wonderfull comfortable and a gracious effect of the Gospell so to disturbe the loue and vnity of the Church and people of God is most execrable and abominable It is a greeuous sinne to disquiet and disioyne Gods seruants Now if we obserue in our owne times who they are that are that are disturbers of the Church and vnitie amongst true Christians Foure sorts of disturbers of the Church wee shall finde foure sorts of men may bee iustly taxed with this greeuous fault 1. Papists and halfe-Papists these in all places labour to hinder the progresse of the Gospell and the vnitie of the Church 2. Ambitious temporizers Diotrephes had his hand deepe in this sinne Too many there are that scarce know any readier way to couer their damned Simoniacall practises and to aduance their owne aspiring ends then to blaze and enlarge and with bitter exaspirations to proclaime that heauie rent and dissent of opinion that hath diuided the sonnes of the same mother 3. Men of flagitious and wicked life for wicked men disturbe Gods Church both by their sinnes vexing the righteous and by their rayling opposing the truth and cause God by his iudgement to afflict his owne Israel 4. Sectaries and humorous persons that out of their hellish pride despise all the assemblies of Gods people because they fauour not the fantasticall proiects These many of them diuide from vs both in Church and habitation Thus of the affection it selfe But I must more specially yet consider of the manner in the word knit together 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Knit together The originall word when it is taken properly it signifies to set in a frame of building but vsually it is taken in the new Testament in a bâ—rrowed sense sometimes it is to demonstrate a thing by euident testimonie b Act. 9.22 sometimes to assure c Act. 16.10 sometimes to instruct d 1 Cor. 2.16 but most frequently to knit together as the members are knit in a bodie e Ephes 4.16 and so it may well be taken heere and so wee are considered as ioyned together in the mysticall bodie of Christ And wee may hence obserue 1. That our vnion one with another must be sanctified in one head if we be not ioyned to Christ we doe in vaine pleade our loue to men 2. Our affections must carrie vs to a thirst and constant desire to procure the good of the bodie the bodie of Christ must bee dearer to vs then our particular good 3. That wee must respect all that feare God and not contemne the meanest Christian We are knit to the whole bodie and not to some one member onely Thus of the second reason viz. from the effect of the Gospell And vnto all riches of the full assurance of vnderstanding The third and last reason is taken from the adiuncts of the Gospell which doe more and more appeare by the power of it in the paines of Gods faithfull seruants and thefe are three 1. certaintie 2. sublimitie 3. perfection The first is in these words The Gospell is certaine two wayes 1. In it selfe 2. The Gospell is certaine two waies in the infallibility stedfastnesse of the perswasion of the Elect. In it selfe the Apostle had good reason to say so for it was no new deuice lately broached but long before from the beginning propounded to Gods seruants and confirmed in all ages by the Prophets c. But in this place it is considered in the certainty of the perswasion of the godly by faith laying hold vpon it and beleeuing it This he expresseth in the word full assurance or plerophorie A twofold fulnesse The fulnesse of a Christian is either generall or speciall the generall is that fulnesse which euerie member hath in Christ their head and by influence from him The speciall is that fulnesse wherin some members excell Thus some are full of the spirit f Ephes 5.18 of loue g 1 Thess 3.12 of ioy h Rom. 15.13 2 Cor. 7.4 some in obedience and good workes i Acts 9.36 Phil. 1.11 Reuel 3.1 2 Cor. 10.6 some in faith and knowledge So Rom. 15.14 So heere Quest But is full assurance essentiall vnto true faith Answ Some seeme to say so but I see no reason so to thinke And experience shewes vs many worthie in the praises of the Gospell and yet haue not gotten full assurance Full assurance is in the greatest faith but faith may be true in the least measure though it be not so confirmed it is essentiall to a strong faith not to a litle faith Quest May this plerophorie or full assurance be had in this life Answ Full assurance may be had It may without all doubt as these Scriptures euidently proue 1 Thessal 1.5 Heb. 6.11 and 10.22 Rom. 4.21 Quest But are we bound to labour for this full assurance Answ We are It must bee sought Heb. 10. he saith let vs draw neere in the full assurance of faith k Heb. 10.22 and in the sixth chapter they are exhorted to shew their diligence vnto the full assurance of hope to the end l Heb. 6.12 We make no question but we ought to make sure our houses and lands c. and shall life and happinesse lie vnassured There are 7. things wherein this assurance hath been imployed 1. Seuen things of which we should be assured There is a full assurance of the things done by Christ mentioned Luk. 1.1 2. There is a full assurance required in the knowledge of our libertie in things indifferentm. 3. There is a full assurance requisite vnto the perswasion of the truth of their ministeries to whom we subiect our soules as the originall word imports 2 Tim. 4.5.17 4. We must be fully assured of the doctrine of the Religion that we professe 5. There is a full assurance of the hope of a better life n Heb. 6.12 6. There is a full assurance sometimes in speciall and particular persons as that to Abraham about his sonne Rom. 4.21 Lastly there is a full assurance of faith in Gods fauour vpon the warrant of Gods word and spirit This is chiefly to be laboured for Now there are seuen properties or signes of a plerophorie or full assurance of faith 1. It will receiue the word in affliction with much ioy o 1 Thess 1.6 2. Seuen signes of full assurance It will not bee carried about with every winde of doctrine p Ephes 4.14 3. It is industrious and laborious in the duties of loue to Gods children q Heb. 6.11.12 4. It is vnrebukeable and full of innocencie and integritie of life it cannot possibly stand with any presumptuous sinne r Heb. 10.22.23 5. It will giue glorie to God against all sense and reason Å¿ Rom. 4.20 6. It mortifies and extinguisheth all headstrong affections t Esay 11.7.9
if they would bee carefull to please God but alas they were neuer washed from their olde sinnes and they quickly returne with the dogge to their vomit and corrupt their waies being of purpose set on by the Diuell to make a clamorous profession that so their fall might more dishonour the glorie of an exact and circumspect conuersation Alas what should I say There is wonderfull want of order in the very liues of Gods children Scarce the tithe of professours of sinceritie of the Gospell that haue gathered a catalogue of holy duties and obserued out of the word that frame and order of settled holy conuersation Ten helpes of order in conuersation There are 10 helpes of order in holy life 1. knowledge 2. vprightnesse that is an vnfained resolution to shew respect to all Gods Commandements 3. constant diligence 4. watchfulnesse 5. contemplation or meditation 6. prayer 7. reading the word daily 8. frequent hearing of the Gospell preached in the power of it 9. a tender conscience 10. societie and fellowship with gracious Christians in the Gospell There are many impediments of an orderly conuersation Nine lets of order 1. Men are not reconciled to God and so not being in Christ they receiue not influence of grace from Christ to enable them to walke in an holy course 2. In others t is negligent mortification the staine of former sinnes being not washed away there remaines in them an ill disposition to sinne 3. Many are ensnared with euill opinions either in doctrine and so errour of life is the scourge of errour in opinion or else about practise as that such strictnesse is not required or it is impossible or none doe liue so 4. Many know not what order to appoynt vnto themselues 5. Many are confirmed in a heart accustomed to euill and they loue some one sinne wherein they especially breake order 6. Sathan striues aboue all things to keepe men in a dead sleepe that they might not awake to liue righteously or expresse the power of godlinesse 7. Many are so set in the way of the vngodly that their very euill society chains them downe to a necessitie of dissolutenes 8. Many are put out of all order by their daily distempers and disorders in their families Lastly some faile and fall through very discouragement receiued either from opposition or contempt or scandall Now if any be desirous to know in generall what he should do to bring his life into order I shall profitably aduise fiue things First Rules for bringing our liues into order that hee doe resolutely withdraw himselfe from the sinnes of the times and keepe himselfe vnspotted of the world in respect of them Now the sinnes of the times are apparant pride of life contempt of the Gospell coldnesse in faith and religion swearing profanation of the holy Sabbath domesticall irreligiousnesse contention vsury whoredome drunkennesse and drinkings oppression and speaking euill of the good way Secondly that hee obserue the more vsuall corruptions of the calling of life hee liues in and with all heedfulnesse shun them whether he be Magistrate Minister or priuate person Thirdly that he especially striue against and subdue the euils that by nature hee is most prone vnto Fourthly he shall doe wonderfully profitably Vse of catalogues if hee would get a catalogue of duties out of the whole law that directly concerne himselfe in particular which is very easie especially by the helpe of some that are experienced to be distinctly gathered labouring to shew all good faithfulnesse in duties of pietie as well as righteousnesse and to striue for inward pietie as well as outward resoluing to continue as well as once to begin Hence it is if wee marke it that the holy Ghost in diuers Scriptures drawes for the people of those times diuers catalogues either of grace which specially tended to their praise or of duties that most fitted their state or of sinnes that they must most carefully auoyd as being most commonly committed yea it could not but be of excellent vse if we did taske our selues to the more strict obseruation of some of those catalogues either of grace or sinnes or duties as wee might perceiue they most fitted vs. But if euer we would goe about the order of our liues More rules wee must in generall 1. labour to weaken the loue of earthly things 2. We must resolue to keepe our hearts with all diligence I meane we must with all care and conscience striue against inward sinnes 3. We must put on a minde to liue by faith whatsoeuer befall vs. 4. If we fall we would speedily recouer our selues by confession and prayer and not accustome our selues to sinnes either of omission or commission Vpon the consideration of all this what should we doe Vses but euen pray the Lord that he would make his way plaine m Psal 5.8 before our face and direct the workes of our hands n Psal 90. vlt. and hold vp our goings in his pathes o Psal 17.5 â— that our steps doe not slide And to this end we should euery one be pâ—â—cing and amending his waies making his paths straight being ashamed and confounded for all the disorder of our liues past But if thou goe about this bee not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a man that hath two hearts for then thou wilt be vnstable in all thy wayes either goe about it with all thy heart or else let it alone What shall I say but this let vs all learne the way of God more perfectly Thus of order The second thing hee commends is their faith which hee praiseth for the stadfastnesse of it The stedfastnesse of their faith Concerning stedfastnesse of faith I propound fiue things to be considered of 1. That it may bee had and ought to be sought 2. What the nature and properties of it are 3. What is the cause why the faith of many is not stedfast 4. What we must doe to attaine it And lastly concerning vnstedfast faith The stedfastnesse of faith may be had For the first that it may be had is manifest for God that giueth the earnest of his spirit and sealeth and annoynteth vs in Christ doth stablish vs in him p 2 Cor. 1.21.22 There is a sure foundation of God q 2 Tim. 2.19 Matt. 7.24 vpon which we may found our affiance And God willing more abundantly to shew vnto the heires of promise the immutabilitie of his counsell interposed himselfe by an oath to confirme his promise that by two immutable things in which it was impossible for God to lie we might haue strong consolation which flie for refuge to lay hold vpon the hope set before vs which hope wee haue as an anchour of the soule both sure and stedfast r Heb. 6.17.18 And we are commanded to resist stedfast in the faith Å¿ 1 Pet. 5.9 And wauering is secretly threatned and disgraced by the Apostle Iames after he had charged that wee should pray in faith
God who as a nurse shall daily feed them with distinct and particular counsell and comfort Thus of the vnstedfastnes that acompanieth faith weake Now there is an vnstedfastnes accompanieth faith weakened that is such a faith as was sometimes stronger For the clearer vnderstanding hereof I consider three things 1. The causes of this weaknes of faith 2. The signes to discerne it 3. The remidies Causes of faith vveakned There may be diuers causes or meanes to weaken strong faith 1. Losse of meanes 2. secret sinnes ordinarily committed not lamented not reformed 3. Presumptiously to vse ill meanes to get out of aduersitie 4. Relapse to the loue of the world Signes of faith vveakned The signes to discerne it are 1. the sleepinesse of the heart 2. feare of death 3. constant neglect or secret contempt of fellowship with the godly 4. The ceasing of the sensible working of Gods spirit within 5. Raigning discontentment 6. Securitie vnder knowne sinne Remedies for faith vveakned The remedies are 1. A serious and sound examination of the wants and faults which by this weaknes they are fallen into 2. A constant and daily iudging of themselues for their corruptions till they recouer tendernesse of heart and some measure of godly sorrow for them 3. It will be expedient that they plant themselues vnder the droppings of a daily powerfull ministerie 4. The meditation of their former feelings 5. The vse of the Sacrament of the Lords Supper this is a meanes to confirme faith both weake and weakned Lastly they must hold a most strict watch ouer their hearts and liues till they be re-established in a sound course of reformed life Thus of faith weakned 3. Stedfastnes may be lost note that I say stedfastnes of faith may be lost I say not that faith may be lost that is true faith this stedfastnes was lost in Dauid Salomon and it is likely in Iob too Causes of the losse of stedfastnesse The causes of this losse of stedfastnes are diuers in some it is the inundation of afflictions violently and vnresistably breaking in vpon them especially raising the fierce perturbation of impatiencie thus it was in Iob. 2. In some it is some horrible sinne I say horrible sinne either because it is some foule transgression as in Dauid and Salomon or made horrible by long continuance in it Steps in falling avvay Now into this euill estate some fall suddenly some by degrees commonly it begins at spirituall pride and proceeds after from the carelesse vse of the meanes to the neglect of them and from thence to a secure disregard of the inward daily corruptions of the heart ioyned with a bold presumption of some infolded mercie of God till at length they fall into some speciall sinne or wilfull relapse The effects The effects and concomitants of this relapse and losse of stedfastnes are diuers and fearefull as 1. The ceasing of the comforts of the spirit the spirit being a sleep and in a manner quenched 2. The heart is excommunicated from the power of Gods ordinances as they may feele when they come to vse them 3. Spirituall boldnes or incouragement to come vnto God is lost with it 4. They are secretly deliuered to Satan to be whipped and buffeted with tentations many times of blasphemie or atheisme or otherwise through his spirituall wickednesse held in internall vassalage 5. Most an end the outward prouidence of God is changed towards them yea some times they are scourged with horrible crosses 6. Many times they are giuen ouer to be punished with other sinnes Yet for the more full vnderstanding heereof Distinctions about apostasie it will be profitable to consider of some distinctions both of the persons and the cause and the effects For of these that fall from their stedfastnes some are sensible of it some are insensible Those that haue their hearts wakened after this losse doe vsually feele a strong conflict of terrours the conscience being wearied with the tortures that their wounded spirit is tormented withall vnder the sence of Gods fierce anger and in many of these their terrour is renued vpon euery crosse yea almost at euery word of God so doth the conceit of Gods fighting against them preuaile with them Now in the insensible the speciall effect is a spirituall slumber or lethargy with the rest of the ill effects before in common propounded Secondly a distinction must bee made of the cause for the sinne is sometimes secret sometimes open now the consequents or fruits of open falling by open sinne is diuers vsually the fall thereof is great it makes a wonderfull noyse in the Church besides it wounds the hearts of Gods children and breeds exceeding great distaste in them Further their fals makes them wonderfull vile before the world the mouth of euery beast will bee open to raile against them wicked men will keepe the assise for them yea the bankes of blasphemie in wicked men will bee broken downe so as they will with full mouth speake euill of the good way of God besides it cannot bee auoyded but many will bee defiled by it and wonderfully fired and confirmed in sinning Againe wee must distinguish of effects or consequents for some are ordinarie some extraordinarie for sometimes besides the ordinarie euents the Lord scourgeth those fals with Satanicall molestations either of their persons or houses yea sometimes they are smitten with death 1. Quest But doe all these come alwaies for sinne Answ Not alwayes but where sinne is presumptuous they doe 2. Quest But doe all these things befall all such as fall into presumptuous sinne Answ The iudgements of God are like a great depth and he afflicts how hee will but these are his rods he may vse all of them or any of them as pleaseth him 3. Quest But are these things found in those that lose their stedfastnesse by the violence of crosses Answ Though many of them are when the crosse hath a mixture with any speciall impatiencie as in Iobs case yet properly they are rods for presumptuous sinnes Obiect But is it not better may some say to continue as we are then to acknowledge and make profession and bee in this danger to fall into so euill an estate Solut. Is it best to liue and die a begger because some one great heire through his owne default hath ruined for a time his house Or is the condition of a begger better then of a Prince because Nabuchadnetzar was seauen yeeres like a beast 4. Q. But if his losses be thus many and miserable is there any thing left in him Answ There is 1. His seede abides in him the holy seede of the word can neuer be rooted out of him wholly 2. Hee hath faith though it bee in a trance 3. Grace is aliue in him though hee bee in the state of a palsie man or as one that hath a dead palsie and yet is aliue 4. Hee hath the spirit of God in him but he is locked vp
and taken prisoner Now for the remedies of this losse of stedfastnesse Remedies for the losse of stedfastnesse they must know that there is required of them a speciall humiliation note that I say a speciall humiliation For they must in priuate afflict their soules before the view of their speciall sinnes and Gods fierce wrath with strong cries and sighes vnspeakable making their moane before God They must cry vnto God out of the deepe as the Psalmist saith Besides they must shame themselues openly by making themselues vile before the people of God so did Dauid and Salomon and Paul yea they must voluntarily resigne ouer themselues vnto Gods scourging hand being so desirous to be cleansed of their sins as to bee contented God should wash them throughly though it were with many crosses And further they must bee reuenged of their owne flesh by straitning and curbing themselues in their lawfull desires and delights Thus of their speciall humiliation Now secondly they must take speciall paines to recouer their faith in God and to get pardon of their sinnes They must crie daily vnto God they must search againe and againe in the records of Gods promises especially waiting vpon the preaching of the Gospell to see when the Lord will returne and haue mercy by reuiuing of their hearts with the comforts of his presence And for this they must be wonderfull carefull of the spirit of grace to stir it vp by daily prayer and to obserue with all watchfulnesse the stirring of it resoluing with all thankfulnesse to acknowledge any measure of the reuiuing of the spirit Lastly when they are in any measure recouered they must looke to two things 1. They must forsake all appearance of euill 2. They must vse a continuall watchfulnesse and with feare and iealousie looke to their hearts euen in their best actions least Sathan beguile them and they reuolt againe and then their case of reciduation be worse then the former blessed is the man that feareth alwayes Thus of the losse of stedfastnesse especially as it is in the cureable for there is a losse of stedfastnes and the ioy of Gods saluation euen in the Elect which in this life is incureable Of this I can say little because the Scripture is in this poynt exceeding sparing and because the iudgements of God especially of this kinde are exceeding deep who can wade into them only a word or two of it This losse is incureable two wayes sometimes in the crosse or iudgement it brought vpon the offender sometimes in the vnstedfastnesse it selfe for sometimes though the Lord restore inward ioy and assurance yet hee will not remooue the outward signe of his wrath sometimes hee drawes backe the outward affliction but doth not restore the inward comfort or not in so great a measure so as some of Gods children may die without the sense of the ioy of Gods saluation till they come to heauen yea they may die in greate teÌ„rror and despaire yet the Lord may be reconciled and they may truely repent though these terrors or iudgements be not released because God many times will thereby purge the publike scandall and cleere his owne iustice Besides such spectacles doe giue warning to a carelesse world to let them know that God hath treasures of wrath for sinne if they repent not Thus of the doctrine of stedfastnesse of faith and vnstedfastnesse also now briefely for some vses of it Vses It may serue for great reproofe of the great neglect of seeking this stedfastnesse of faith We may complaine aswell of the common Protestant as of the Papists heerein for they are alike aduersaries to the assurance of faith let such as are touched with feare of God and desire to beleeue trauell more and more for attainement heereof and to this end cleaue to the sure word of the Prophets and Apostles and labour in the practse and excercise of all holy and Christians graces And for particular consideration of the troubles and losses of Gods children we may note 1. That it is a wonderfull fearfull thing to fall into Gods hands and that the promises of God yeeld no protection to a willing offender woe vnto prophane beasts if sinne make God angry towards his owne children and make them also vile before men then where shall those beasts that wallow in sinne appeare if they be iustly abased that fall once into one sinne what shall be the confusion of face and heart in those men when all the sinnes they euer committed shall be reueled before Gods Angels and men at the last day 2. They that stand haue great reason to take heede lest they fall from their stedfastnesse and bee carried away with the errour of the wicked Psal 56.9 116.7 3. We should be wonderfull thankfull if God hath kept vs from fâ—lling it is his singular grace to keepe the feet of his Saints VERS 6.7 As yee haue therefore receiued Christ Iesus the Lord so walke yee in him 7. Rooted and built vp in him and stablished in the faith as yee haue beene taught abounding with thankesgiuing IN these two verses the Apostle concludes the exhortation begun in the 23. verse of the former chapter 3 for whereas after all these reasons and the answer of sundry obiections they might finally haue sayd tell vs then at once what it is you would haue vs to doe the Apostle answers summarily that concerning holy life hee would haue them walke as they haue receiued the Lord Iesus Christ and concerning faith hee would haue them to bee rooted and soundly edified and established in the faith especially to abound in thankfulnesse to God for their happy estate in Christ Iesus The 6. verse containes a precept concerning holy life viz. to walke on in Christ and a rule by which that precept is to be squared and determined viz. as they haue receiued Christ Iesus the Lord. As yee haue receiued Christ Iesus the Lord c. These words may bee diuersly vrged vpon them according to the diuers sences may be conceiued of them For 1. To walke as we haue receiued Christ may beare this sence namely to frame our obedience according to the measure of the knowledge of Christ we haue receiued it shall be to vs according to what we haue to whom God hath giuen much of them hee requireth much and iudgement certainely abideth for him that hath receiued the knowledge of his masters will and doth it not if our practise bee according to the knowledge wee haue this may bee our comfort God will accept of vs and otherwise they are but in a miserable case that are barren and vnfruitfull in the knowledge of our Lord Iesus Christ a 2 Pet. 1.9 2. Such a sense as this may be gathered viz. So liue with care of a godly life as ye neglect not to preserue the doctrine concerning Christ ye haue receiued Certainely it ought to bee the care of euery godly minde to doe his best to preserue the purity of
are renewed for the old heart will not hold out long to endure the hardship of a reformed life and if some sinnes haue beene fauoured and spared though they lie still for a time yet afterwards they will reuiue and shew themselues Wee see in some what a doe there is to leaue some corruptions and faults they are seauen yeeres many times before they can bee perswaded to forgoe them resting in the reformation of other faults whereas there is no assurance that they walke with a right foot in the Gospell till they make conscience of a ready reformation of euery knowne sinne and till they reforme throughly they are like to fall away whatsoeuer faire shew of zeale and forwardnesse they make 6. In particular diuers men are to be warned of passion and violent affections if thou meane to prosper in thy perswasion of reformation then speedily cease from anger and leaue off wrath else there will be little hope that thou wilt not returne to doe euill e Psal 37.8.9 the promise of constant protection is with such as are sheepe f Ioh. 10.28 and are so farre humbled as they haue left their wooluish qualities and passions 7. To make thy standing more sure acquaint thy selfe with such as feare God and ioyne thy selfe to them by all engagements of a profitable fellowship in the Gospell there is a secret tie vnto constancie in the communion of Saints he is not like to walke long that walketh alone Ier. 32.39.40 especially if he might walke with good company and this is a cleere marke of a temporarie faith in such as for many things goe farre when men see they shunne societie with the godly 8. It is an excellent helpe also at first to striue by all meanes to get the testimonie of Iesus confirmed in vs g 1 Cor. 1.6 1 Tim. 2.6 Christ giues testimonie especially three wayes 1. By the promise of the word 2. By the graces of his spirit 3. By the witnesse of the spirit of adoption Now if we did studie the promises diligently especially recording such as we had interest in vpon our conuersion to God and did withall trie our selues diligently and particularly concerning those sauing graces which are markes and signes of regeneration and saluation and did also begge the witnesse of the spirit waiting for those vnspeakable and glorious ioyes of the holy Ghost and with all thankfulnesse acknowledging Gods seale for our confirmation when hee is pleased so to set it to mee thinkes this threefold coard could neuer be broken Oh the heauie slumber and sluggishnesse of our natures how wonderfull rich is God in compassion how ready is he to forgiue and multiplie pardon how willingly doth he lift vp the light of his countenance vpon vs and yet men haue not the heart answerably to wait vpon him or to be at the labour of this confirmation How are many that seeme somewhat vnto many how are they I say bewitched with securitie so as they cannot be fired out of it but liue at a venture and neither seeke nor esteeme the testimonie of Iesus 9. Would we be set in a safe condition and stablished then wee must striue for a free spirit remembring Dauids praier stablish mee with thy free spirit h Psal 51.12 What a free spirit is Now if any aske what a free and ingenuous spirit is I answer 1. It is a minde that will not be in bondage to the corruptions of the times it acknowledgeth no such bonds or relations to any as to sinne for their sakes 2. It is a minde that apprehends libertie in Christ a minde that will not be in bondage to legall perfection but discernes his release from the rigour and curse of the law it will not be subiect neither to a corrupt conscience nor yet to a conscience erring or ouer-busie but sees his prerogatiues hee enioyes in Christ either in the hope of glory or sense of grace or vse of outward things or his libertie in things indifferent there is a kinde of seruilenesse or spirit of bondage in many that wonderfully holds them downe and if they be not better lightned of their daily feares and burdens the flesh will lighten it selfe by rebellion and apostacie 3. It is a minde not chained downe to the loue of or lust after earthly things 4. It is a minde ready prest to doe good full of incitations to good things and carefull to preserue it selfe from the occasions of euill as resolued so to stand vpon the sinceritie of his heart as rather to lose his life then his integritie as neither caring for those things which the common sort seeke after as praise profits outward shewes c. nor fearing their feares 10. Men must at first labour to get a sound and heartie loue of the truth desirous to store and furnish themselues with the treasures of holy knowledge if the law be written in the hearts and bowels i Ier. 31.33 Psal 37.31 of men they will hold out to the end Lastly men must be sure that they be good and true in their hearts k Psal 125.1.2.4 as the Psalmist saith for then they shall be as the mount Sion that cannot be moued and the Lord will alwayes doe well vnto them Signes of a true heart Now the signes of a good and true heart are such as these 1. A true heart is a new heart that must be taken for granted else in vaine to inquire any further if there be not a newnesse of the heart to God 2. It loues God with vnfained and vndiuided loue though it cannot accomplish all it would yet it hath holy desires without hypocrisie after God aboue all things 3. It labours for inward holinesse as well as outward both seeking the graces that should be within and mourning for inward sinnes as well as outward 4. It will smite for small sinnes as well for numbring the people as for murther and whoredome hee hath not a good and true heart that is vexed onely for great euils and offences 5. A true heart is a constant heart it is not fickle and mutable as many are in all their wayes but that it is once it desires to be alwayes 6. It desireth the power of godlinesse more then the shew of it and is more affected with the praise of God then of men 7. It quickly findes the absence of Christ and cannot be at rest till he returne 8. It constantly pronounceth euill of sinne and sinners and well of godlinesse and good men Now on the other side the reason why many fall away was because they were not true in their hearts at first they set vp a profession of repentance with carnall ends and through hypocrisie beguiled themselues and others Secondly if men finde that they haue beene rightly formed in the wombe and birth of their change then there are other directions for them to obserue throughout their liues that they might continue in this holy walking with God and his Saints
profitably record in our memories these Scriptures Deut. 12.32 Reuelat. 22.18 Matth. 15. 1 Pet. 1.18 Galath 1.9 Isay 8.20 2 Tim. 3.16 Ier. 19.5 Col. 1.28 Luk. 16.29 1 Cor. 1.5.6.7 Ob. 1 Ob. But our Sauiour told his Disciples I haue many things to say vnto you but yee cannot beare them now but the spirit when he is come shall leade you into all truth a Ioh. 16.12.13 Ergo it seemes there are diuers truths of Christ which were not reuealed in Scripture but by the spirit vttered by tradition after Sol. Sol. This may be vnderstood of the gifts of the Apostles and of the effects thereof and not of doctrine for of doctrine hee had said in the chapter before All things that I haue heard of my Father I haue made knowne vnto you b Ioh. 15.15 2. If it were vnderstood of doctrine yet he doth not promise to leade them into any new truths but into the old and those Christ had already opened which should be brought to their minde and they made more fully to vnderstand them For so he saith of the Comforter in the 14. chapter He shall teach you all things and bring all things to your remembrance whatsoeuer I haue said vnto you c Ioh. 14.26 3. Be it he had not reuealed all as yet what did hee therefore neuer reueale it Why the very text is against it for he said I haue yet many things to say vnto you d Ioh. 16.12 therefore he did say them namely after his resurrection e Act. 2.3 4. Let it be noted that he saith ye cannot beare them now the things he had to say they could not then beare why should wee thinke that they could not then beare these graue traditions as the anointing and Christening of bels and such like Lastly let them proue it to vs that those toyes are the things Christ promised to reueale and then they say somewhat Ob. 2 Ob. But in the 20. of Iohn he saith f Joh. 21. vlt. 20.30 There were many things which were not written which Iesus did Sol. Answ Hee saith that the things which are written are to this end written that we might beleeue and beleeuing might haue eternall life so that what is needfull to faith and eternall life is written 2. Hee saith there were other things not written hee saith other things not things differing from these other things in number not in substance or nature much lesse contrary things Ob. 3 Ob. But the Thessalonians are charged to hold the traditions they had beene taught Sol. The Scriptures were not then all written 2. The Apostle vnderstands not traditions as the Papists doe For in the same place hee calleth the things written in Scripture Traditions as well as those that were not yet written To conclude this discourse concerning traditions we must further vnderstand that the traditions in any Church though they be things indifferent in their owne nature become vnlawfull if they be such as be taxed in these eight rules 1. If they be contrary to the rules of the Apostles concerning such things ecclesiastically indifferent 2. If they bee vrged and vsed with superstition 8. Wayes any tradition grovves euill 3. Or as any parts of Gods worship 4. Or with opinion of merit 5. Or as necessary to saluation 6. Or if they be equalled with the Law of God or the weightie things of the Law neglected and those more vrged 7. If they be light and childish Lastly if by their multitude they darken and obscure the glory of Christ in his ordinances Thus of the second thing The third thing from which hee doth dehort is the Rudiments of the world The Rudiments of the world By the Rudiments of the world he meaneth the lawes of Moses What hee meanes by rudiments especially concerning meats washings holidayes garments and such like ceremoniall obseruations Those lawes were called Rudiments or Elements as some thinke Why called rudiments because the Iewes and false Apostles held them as needfull as the foure elements of the world or else because in their first institution they did signifie the most choice and fundamentall principles of the Gospell that were necessary for all to know that would be saued but it is most likely they are called so by a Grammaticall relation to the Abcedaries that as little children beginne at the Alphabet and so goe on to higher studies so did the Lord giue those lawes as the A. B. C. of the Iewes to be their Paedagogie in the infancie of the Church Now they might be said to be of the world Why of the world because they were externall rites and subiect to the sight and sense and because they consisted of a glory that was more worldly then spirituall and because worldly men doe most stand vpon that which is externall T is the drift of the Apostle to disswade from the obseruation of those rites because now the Law of Moses was abrogated Abrogation is a plausible doctrine in popular estates Proclamation concerning immunities from tributes and taxations or concerning Isonomie that is indifferent libertie for all to be competitors for honors or free for profits of a common-wealth those were wont to be wonderfull gratefull to the multitude and such is the doctrine of abrogation in Diuinitie yet because it may be abused by Epicures it is to be more carefully opened The Law may be said to be abrogated diuers wayes The law abrogated 4. wayes 1. When it is antiquated or obsolete so as men are neither bound to dutie nor punishment and thus the ceremonies are abrogated 2. When the punishment is changed onely the obedience still remaining in force as in the law of stealth 3. It is abrogated to the guiltie when the punishment is transferred on another so as the law cannot exercise herforce vpon the guiltie person 4. It is abrogated when it is weakened and eneruated by transgressors to breake the Law is to loose or dissolue the Law thus wicked men by their liues abrogate it Quest But is the whole Law of Moses abrogated Answ No for though Moses be said to giue place to Christ that doth not import a change of the Law but of the Law-giuer Moses gaue three kindes of Lawes Morall Iudiciall Ceremoniall For the Morall Law it may in some sort be said to be abrogated How the morall law is abrogated Rom. 8.1.2 as 1. In respect of the curse and malediction as it did worke anger and made execrable for so there is no condemnation to them which are in Christ Iesus in as much as the law of the spirit of life hath freed them from the law of sinne and death Rom. 6.14 2. In respect of the inexorable rigour and perfection of it for wee are not now vnder the law but vnder grace 3. In some sense it is abrogated in respect of iustification for now it is no more required of the godly that they should seeke iustification by the
more then halfe perswaded as Agrippa was these are fired with desire many times to know what to doe to be saued as the young man in the Gospell was but alas all this brings them within the compasse of none of Gods promises and if they looke not to it fearefull apostacie will be the end of all this and they may proue most spitefull aduersaries of the same ministerie they admired and proud contemners of the same remorse with which themselues were often smitten and so their latter end be ten times worse then their beginning Quest But what doe these men want or what are their defects that they should not be right for all this hauing such great affection to the word yea euen when it is most sincerely taught Answ Alas there are diuers things too apparant in their estate For first they ioyne not themselues with such as feare God in fellowship in the Gospel 2. They shunne by all meanes the crosse for righteousnesse sake 3. They respect not all Gods commandements there are some sinnes they will not leaue there are some corruptions they are so engaged vnto that they will at no hand leaue them 4. Some of them forsake not the very sinnes they seem to detest and sometimes to cry out against they cry out vpon swearing and yet vile beasts as they are they will sweare still yea and that most fearefully yea after many remorses of conscience for it 5. They will not be perswaded to vse all Gods ordinances indeed they heare constantly and to any mans thinking with great attention but they pray not in their families they will not vse the helpe of conference they read not the Scriptures with any order or conscience c. 6. You see they are not carefull of their companie they neither shunne the appearance nor the occasions of euill they giue not ouer their going nor their resort vnto vngodly companie They haue not beene truely humbled by godly sorrow for their sinne Lastly they haue sinceritie in respect of persons in some they like it in others they doe not like it They loue not all the Saints Also This also leads vs to the former priuiledges in Christ and imports that the circumcision without hands here mentioned is to bee accounted a maruellous grace of God and worthily for our iudging of our selues frees vs from the condemnation of the world and our daies of mortification are as it were the wedding daies of the soule and godly sorrow is accompanied with the spirit of prayer and a fountaine of grace is opened when our hearts are opened with true contrition Thus of the persons Are This word designes the time of this spirituall circumcision the time for the putting away and cutting off of our beloued sinnes is in this life it must be now done or neuer done besides till this be done we can feele no profit or benefit for Christ Quest The Iewes in the Law did know directly when they should be circumcised in the flesh may not we also gesse at the time of the circumcision without hands The time of circumcision without hands when God would haue vs go about it beyond which time it may not be deferred without singular danger Answ There is a time and it may be knowne and it is wonderfull dangerous to stand out that time in generall the time to humble our selues by mortification for our sinnes and so to set about this spirituall circumcision is when God grants vs the meanes of saluation o Luk. 14.17 more specially when we are pressed with Gods iudgements p Ioel. 2.12 or when the mouthes of Gods seruants are in a speciall manner opened vnto vs and their hearts made large q 2 Cor. 6.2 or when God dispenseth other graces as temporarie faith loue to the word and ioy r 2 Cor. 6.2 c. or when we are smitten with the axe of Gods word and remorse for sinne is wrought in vs Å¿ Math. 3.10 or when hearing hath kindled in vs a desire and thirst after the best things t Esay 55.1.6 or lastly when we first set out to make profession of our being in Christ u Ioh. 15.2 Quest But may not any man repent at any time Answ No. 1. A man may tarrie so long till he commit the sinne against the holy Ghost 2. Men that go not so farre may yet by obstinate impenitencie prouoke God to cast them into a reprobate sense * Rom. 1 11.8.9.10 Esay 6. Math. 13.13 We see by experience that the most men that pretend to mend afterwards yet doe not but troops of men that forget God go into hell x Psal 9. Obiect But the Scripture saith At what time soeuer a sinner repenteth him of his sinne from the bottome of his heart God will forgiue him c. Solut. 1. Marke the words they haue a limitation thou must repent from the bottome of thy heart or else they comfort not thee 2. For the extent of the time in so many precise words the text in Ezekiel is not at what time soeuer but in the day that a sinner repenteth which is not so vniuersall but that it may admit the exceptions before and though some men may and do repent at their latter end yet neither all nor the most Obiect But yet the Theefe repented on the crosse Sol. Shall one example make thee presume why thou maist know that worlds of people when they came to die did not repent as he did why shouldest not thou more feare the example of so many not repenting what is one to thousands 2. Thou readest that the other Theefe vpon the same crosse died without repentance 3. Thou must know that an ordinarie rule cannot be drawne from an extraordinarie instance his conuersion was miraculous one of the 7. wonders wrought by Christ in his death Christ made Peter walke on the sea will he make thee doe so to will he for thy pleasure darken the sunne or shake the earth or cleaue the rockes c. Thus of the time Without hands 2. Things may here be noted 1. That that is not circumcision which is outward made with the hands of man but that is true circumcision which is inward Hence there is two sorts of Israelites the one is a carnall Isralite one outward the other is a true Isralite for he is one inward in his spirit As it was then so it is now the carnall Isralite hath the name of Israell and the signe of true circumcision as then the circumcision in the flesh so now baptisme and besides they professe to be the seede of Abraham and they speake faire of God and heauen Q. But what are the principall defects of the carnall Isralite The defects of the carnall Isralite Answ 1. Hee rests in the worke done he beares himselfe vpon the externall worke of holines he serued God for he was at Church he is regenerated for he was baptised he hath praied to God for he stretched out
of our friends we burie them in hope they shal rise againe And secondly we mourne because we must part with them but both these must be denied here It is the propertie of the wicked to part with their sinnes with sorrow because they must leaue them or else with hope that at length they may returne to them againe Note this rule But let all such as feare God be otherwise minded especially let vs learne from this comparison of buriall to aduantage our selues in what we may in mortification Similitudes if the master be buried we know all his seruants will attend the funerall so is it with vs in the mortification of sinnes if we light vpon the master sins and drag them to the graue we shall be sure of all the attendants they will follow to the funerall The Iewes manner was to burie with odours so should we our odours and sweet smelling prayers offered vp in the mediation of Christ And howsoeuer this worke may seeme difficult yet God many times strangely relieues our infirmities After Iezabel was cast downe and dead they had not been long within but sending out to burie her they found nothing but the skull and her feet and the palmes of her hands so many times would it be with vs if we cast downe the Iezabels our sinnes when we come to finish our mortification we may by the strange helpe of God finde the bodie of the master gone we know not how so as we shall not be troubled vnlesse it be with some skull or feete or palme of sinne But certainely though this kinde of buriall be somewhat difficult yet it is the true buriall place of Kings the most noble funerall that can be Thus of the first effect The second is in the next words How many vvaies Christ raiseth men vp In whom ye are raised vp together Christ is said to raise men vp diuers waies 1. When he awaketh men out of their naturall Lithargie or spirituall sleepinesse and securitie in matters of religion thus Ephes 5.14 2. When hee brings forth the minde of man out of the dungeons of ignorance and shewes them the light Esay 60.1 2. 3. When he cures men of discouragements and discomforts vnder their crosses Psal 41.10.6 4. When he recouers the Church from securitie or relapses either ordinarie or extraordinarie Cant. 2.10.11 c. and 5.3.5 Prou. 24.15 16. 5. When he incourageth men to holy duties A fourefold resurrection Cant. 7.12 but principally there is a fourefold resurrection The first is out of desperate crosses Esay 26.19 The second is the lifting of men vp to some speciall callings in the Church Matth. 11. The third is the resurrection of our bodies at the last day And the last is the resurrection of the soule vnto holy graces and duties this is called the first resurrection and is meant here in this place and Rom. 6.4 but most vsually we say there is a twofold resurrection the one from the corruption of the flesh the other from the corruption of sinne this latter is here meant and this belongeth to viuification Now this first resurrection must be considered either in it selfe or in the vnion or relation of it In it selfe and so there is a double resurrection First the resurrection of graces The resurrection of graces secondly the resurrection of duties For the first there are certaine graces which are not in the heart of man by nature which by the mighty power of Christ are wrought in the hearts of such as are truly conuerted A resurrection of 13 graces in a childe of God and are actually the members of Christ As first a holy inquirie after God Hos 3.5 Ier. 50.4 Secondly a holy wisdome in spirituall things Iam. 3.17 Thirdly a liuely faith in the fauour of God in Christ Fourthly a holy delight and meditation in the word of God Psal 119.10 11.128 and 27.4 Fiftly a liuely hope of an eternall inheritance 1 Pet 1.3 Sixtly a holy loue of Gods children 1 Ioh. 3.14 such as is required Ro. 12.9 10 11. Seuenthly godly sorrow for sinne 2 Cor. 7.10 Eightly vnspeakable and glorious ioy euen in affliction Rom. 5.2 1 Pet. 1.7 8. Ninthly a holy contentempt of the world and sinne and sinnefull persons Psal 15.4 1 Ioh. 2.19 Tenthly a holy reuerence and feare of God and his goodnes Hos 3.5 Eleuenthly a holy zeale and feruencie of affections especially in the seruice and worship of God Twelfthly a holy loue euen of enemies And lastly a holy desire to be dissolued and to be with Christ Now for the effecting of these the spirit of Christ is called in respect of his wonderfull working the spirit of God and of glory g 1 Pet. 4.14 the spirit of power of loue and of a sound minde h 2 Tim. 1.7 The spirit of praier or deprecations i Zach. 12.12 And the spirit of reuelation k Ephes 1.18 The resurrection of duties in a childe of God of diuers sorts in vvhich he differs from the vvicked Thus of resurrection of graces Now concerning resurrection of duties We must know that there are diuers duties which the naturall man will neuer be brought vnto in which lieth the very power of godlinesse and the experience of all sound and sauing consolation Now these duties may be three waies considered 1. As they respect holy life in generall 2. As they respect piety to God 3. As they respect righteousnesse to men For the first there are foure things wherein the liues of Gods children differ from all others 1. In the manner 2. In the matter 3. In the meanes 4. In the ends of holy life For the manner three things are eminent 1. That they are deuoted and consecrated to holines l Reuel 12.1 2. That they delight and loue to be Gods seruants m Esay 56. 3. That they haue their conuersation in simplicitie and godly purenesse n 2 Cor. 1.12 11.3 For the matter they haue respect to all Gods commandements * Psal 119.31 and do indeuour after inward holinesse o Matth. 5.6 as well as outward besides they liue by faith p Rom. 1.16 in some measure which is a way of holinesse altogether vnknowne in the practise of wicked men And for the meanes of holinesse the godly haue a recourse to a threefold fountaine of sanctitie with such a sinceritie and constancie as no wicked man can attaine it viz the word q Psal 1.2 Luc. 8.15 prayer r Gal. 4.6 and the Sabboth Å¿ Esay 56. And for the end of their obedience their praise is of God and not of men hauing a maine respect alwaies to exercise themselues so as they may haue a conscience voide of offence towards God or towards men u Act. 24.16 t Rom. 2.26 Thus of holinesse of life in generall Now in respect of piety to God it is a very resurrection through the power of Christ to bring a man to
acknowledge God and his truth and glory against reason profit or pleasure to make a man walke with God setting the Lord alwaies before him to bring the will of man to a holy subiection to Gods will in crosses temptations wants c but especially to create in man that sinceritie of worshipping God in spirit and truth without hypocrisie And as for righteousnesse in that part of it that concernes either mens owne soules or the soules of others how is all the vnregenerate mankinde dead It is the worke of a godly man only to serue the brethren by loue onely the members of Christ can in their calling denie profit and pleasure and make the particular calling serue the generall but especially in the combat against concupiscence onely the godly doe make conscience of it And howsoeuer in the matter of holy duties there are strange imperfections in the very godly yet their desire prayer purpose and indeuour is to approue themselues to God herein and they do attaine to it in some comfortable beginnings and they go on with a holy increase both of strength and desire Whereas it is euident by diuers Scriptures that wicked men are dead men in the former respects as would appeare if we should examine particularly for they seeke not God * Psal 14.1 They respect not the word of God aright x Ier. 6.10 nor can they loue the brethren y Joh. 15.19 Though they be smitten yet they will not sorrow after God z Ier. 5.2 And for the most part they are lukewarme without true zeale a Reuel 3. Their mindes are couered with a vaile b Esay 25.8 They are without hope c Ephes 2.12 Neither haue all these men faith d 2 Thess 3.2 And for the want of holy duties it vsually seems euill vnto them to serue the Lord. They are strangers from the life of God e Ephes 4.17 They call not vpon the name of God f Psal 14.4 with a pure heart neither take they heede of Gods sabbaths But it were too long to runne to particulars in matters of dutie seeing the scripture euery where paints out the ill liues of all wicked men In whom Doctr. The vertue by which Christians are raised is from Christ Quest But what is therein Christ which distinctly causeth this resurrection in the Christian or plucketh vp his heart to the care of holy graces or duties Answ 1. The vertue of Christ 2. The spirit of Christ 3. The example of Christ 4. The intercession of Christ 5. The louing inuitations and allurements of Christ And 6. The resurrection of Christ And lastly the second comming of Christ is like a loadstone to plucke vp the desires and affections of Christians vnto the studie of heauenly things Thus of the doctrine of the Christians resurrection Vse For terror 1. Hence may presumptuous secure wilfull sinners gather secret terror and anguish where is thy spirituall buriall in this life where is the first resurrection It is most certaine if this worke this strange worke be not wrought in thee thou art in the power of the second death without God without Christ without hope And here thou maiest see the vanitie of all thy shifts for dost thou say thou seest no such wretchednesse in thy sinnefull course why this doctrine tels thou art dead whiles thou liuest and how canst thou discerne thine owne wretchednesse dost thou thinke that this will serue thy turne that thou intendest to mend hereafter consider what is here implied the worke of true amendment is a true but spirituall resurrection T is then like that resurrection that shall be of our bodies and thou knowest when God shall raise our bodies at the last day when the trump shall blow it will be a silly pretence to say Oh let me alone now I will rise hereafter So is it with thee the trumpet of grace now bloweth Christ is now comming in the spirit the dead in sinne must now be raised Christs voice still reacheth vnto thee now if thou confirme thy selfe in that spirituall graue of sinne dost thou thinke thou hast reason to beleeue that Christ will tarry thy leisure and to put off till â—hou appoint the time For comfort to afflicted consciences 2. Here is singular comfort for such of Gods children as are afflicted in spirit especially about the greatnesse of the power of sinne and the difficulties of well-doing they should here consider not onely that it is Christs worke to make them holy but that he is pleased to resemble it to the resurrection of the bodie and can it be a harder thing to put downe thy sinne or to quicken thee in all well-doing then to raise thy body out of the dust of the earth Neither ought their terrors to amaze them for it is Christs manner to bring vs downe to the graue that he may raise vs vp the feare of hell now afflicteth thee that thou maist not be hurt hereafter Besides sinne doth so cleaue to vs that it will almost kill vs before we kill it Obiect But I doe not see either the graces or duties mentioned to be wrought in this resurrection Answ 1. There may be grace though thou see it not 2. If one sauing grace be in a mans heart it is a signe the rest be there though not so easily discerned 3. The spirituall age of a Christian must be distinguished thou must not think that the graces of Gods spirit or the power of holy duties will appeare so freshly or so strongly in thee whiles thou art but an infant in grace as they will doe when thou commest to be of riper yeares Lastly thy indeuour in Christ and desire is accepted and taken for the deede what graces thou vnfeinedly desirest and constantly vsest the meanes to attaine thou hast so the sinne thou striuest against thou hast not Thus of these effects as they are in themselues now as they are in their signe which is here called baptisme By baptisme Baptisme is a holy memoriall of Christ baptised in the seas of Gods wrath for vs. It is a badge of distinction from vnbeleeuers The ends of baptisme It is a certaine initiating rite by which we enter into the visible Church It is a seale of the righteousnes of faith It is a signe to teach vs by representation both our deliuerance and sanctification Quest But what hath baptisme to doe here with our mortification Three vvaies baptisme respecteth mortification and viuification and viuification or spirituall buriall and resurrection Answ Baptisme stands in a threefold relation or respect vnto them 1. In signification baptisme doth represent them vnto vs setting out our dying to sinne and rising to newnesse of life 2. By seale for baptisme is a seale of Gods couenant assuring vs that in Christ we shall be buried to our sinnes and raised vp with him 3. It is a band it ties vs to the desires and indeuours after the beginning and finishing of these
There are many other benefits signified and assured vnto vs by baptisme The benefits signified in baptisme then these here mentioned for baptisme doth signifie seale vnto vs 1. Our deliuerance from the seas of Gods wrath g Mat. 3.8 1 Pet. 3.21 2. The resurrection of our bodies h 1 Cor. 15. 3. Our communion with the whole Trinitie i Matth. 28. 4. Our adoption k Gal. 3.27 5. Our communion with the Saints l 1 Cor. 12.13 6. Remission of all sinnes m Act. 2.38.39 Baptisme is auaileable for these respects when we amend our liues and confesse our sinnes n Math. 3.38 and gladly receiue the word o Cant. 2.41 and lay hold vpon the promises of grace p Mar. 16.16 especially when the conscience maketh request vnto God q 1 Pet. 3.21 for the application and fruition of the things signified by baptisme Hitherto of the effects The causes follow 1. Faith 2. The operation of God 3. Christs resurrection Through the faith of the operation of God The faith that is mighty through God to make baptisme effectuall and to raise vs vp after the buriall of sinne is neither historicall nor temporary nor of miracles but that which is in scriptures called the faith of Gods elect and by Diuines iustifying faith Nor is it enough to bring hither the perswasion of Gods mercy in Christ which is the first and chiefe act of iustifying faith but we must beleeue the power of God in the particular successe of the meanes for effecting both of mortification and viuification which as I suppose is here meant What faith doth in baptisme where he calleth it the faith of the operation of God Quest But shew vs how faith hath to doe in baptisme or in sanctification Answ In baptisme faith is needfull not onely the faith of explication but also the faith of application for we are bound not onely to beleeue that those things there shadowed out are so as they import but that also they are fulfilled not onely to the faithfull in generall but to my owne soule in particular And for sanctification faith must needs be of great vse for without faith The vse of faith about sanctification nothing we do can please God r Heb. 11.6 And by faith Christ liues in vs Å¿ Gal. 5.20 It quencheth the fiery darts of the deuill t Ephes 6.16 It lightneth our darknes u Ioh. 12.46 It purifieth the heart * Act. 15.9 It ouercomes the world x 1 Ioh. 5.4 It breeds ioy and consolation y Rom. 5.2 And loue to Gods children z Gal. 6. It maketh the Scripture auaileable to saluation a 2 Tim. 3.15 And lastly our prayers to be such as God cannot denie b Mat. 21.22 Hovv vve may come to beleeue the effects of baptisme Quest How may we attaine to it to beleeue that baptisme doth signifie and assure these things to vs Answ 1. Labour to expresse that which on thy part is required that is set vp the confession of thy sinnes and amendment of thy life 2. Then goe vnto God and let thy conscience make request for the answer of the spirit of adoption by which the Lord may assure thee that in the mediation of Iesus Christ thy baptisme is giuen to thee as a particular seale of Gods couenant and grace Quest But how may I doe to be assured that my sinnes shall be subdued and that I shall be raised vp in holy graces and duties Answ 1. Acquaint thy selfe with Gods promises of this kinde and grow skilfull in them 2. Cry strongly to God for the testimonie of Iesus in thy heart that by his spirit hee would settle thee in this perswasion 3. Waite vpon the word and prayer till God doe effect it 4. Strengthen thy selfe both by the experience of others as also with due obseruation of successe in the subduing of any sinne or the exercise of any graces or duties Vses The vses may be diuers First for information we may here see how vaine the common faith of the common Protestant is shew me thy faith by thy fruits how canst thou beleeue aright and yet thy sinnes not mortified and thy heart and life vnsanctified Againe we see we haue not comfort of our baptisme till the power of holinesse in some measure appeare in our liues Secondly for instruction we should all examine our selues whether we haue faith or no and whiles we haue meanes of assurance make vse of all aduantages to settle our hearts in the faith and to this end we should deliuer vp our soules to be nursed vp in the words of faith and wholesome doctrine Lastly we might here be greatly comforted if we had true faith we see God can denie nothing vnto faith it should be to vs in the sacraments in mortification Three rules if vve vvould reason from Gods povver to the effect and in graces and duties according to our faith Of the operation of God The doctrine of Gods power and working is of singular vse in the Church great is the interest of Gods seruants in his power and therefore great cause they haue to rest vpon it The elect onely can reason from Gods power to the effect he is able to doe it therefore he will do it but then these three things must be noted 1. They must be beleeuers that looke for this priuiledge 2. They must bring a particular faith to draw out this power of God into operation 3. It will not be set a worke about euery thing but such things for which there is promise or meete examples in the scriptures * In vvhat things vvee may beare our selues vpon Gods povver Now it is a matter of singular weight to know in what things we may haue warrant to beare our selues vpon the power of God The power of God is engaged for operation in foure things for the benefit of the faithfull First in their afflictions Secondly in their temptations Thirdly in the difficulties of holy life Fourthly in his ordinances In afflictions God hath bound himselfe to shew his power 1. In giuing strength to endure them c Phil. 4.13 Esay 41.10 2. In moderating the afflictions to their strength d Esay 27.7 3. In guiding them to the right ends e Job 36.22 Esay 27.11 Zach. 13.9 4. In deliuerance out of them f Psal 71.20 Esay 43. If we looke vpon the enemies of the godly in particular God shewes his power 1. In restraining or disappointing them g Iob 12.16 Esay 54.16 17. 2. In rewarding and ouerthrowing them h Exo. 15.6 7 Esay 42.13 41.15 So likewise in temptations the power of God though it be secret yet it is wonderfull in dissoluing the works of the deuill and in vpholding his seruants and destroying the strong holds and fortifications of Satan i 1 Cor. 10.12 2 Cor. 12.9 Esay 27.1 Thirdly in the difficulties of holy life the
know whether we be conuerted and quickned or not I answer it may bee knowen by diuers signes of these signes some agree to the weake Christian and some to the strong Christian The first signe that vsually breaks out in a conuert is affliction of conscience which is such an inward pricking in the heart l Acts 2.41 as causeth him voluntarily to remember his euill wayes m Eze. 20.43 and iudge himselfe daily for it n Esay 4.4 mourning for his sinful life o Esay 61.2 3. confounded in himselfe for his waies which were not good The second is affection to the word such an affection it is as esteemeth the word aboue all treasure p Matth. 13. and longs daily after it q Iob 23. it makes them flie as the doue to Gods house and as doues to the windowes r Esay 60.8 yea their affections to it are such as heauen suffers violence ſ Matth. 11. They feele a sauour of life in the word t 2 Cor. 2.14 Christs words to them are spirit and life u Ioh. 6. Yea such is their affection to the word they can be content to receiue it with patience and much afflictions * 1 Thess 1.6 And if they obtaine a sanctuary of God they will endeauour their owne daily sanctification by it x Ezec. 37. vlt. They will practise the word and be exercised by it The third signe that discouers it selfe in them is their loue to such as feare God y 1 Ioh. 3.14 which they shew by their admiration of them z Isay 61.7 and by their delight in their fellowship a Phil 1.5 and by a willing communicating to them in all ready seruice b Acts 16.14.15 Heb. 6.9.10 Esay 23. vlt. and well-doing The fourth signe is their ceasing from sinne euen their daily endeauour to subdue and forsake all sorts of sinnes inward aswell as outward secret aswell as open lesser aswell as greater yea not sparing their most pleasing gainfull or beloued sinnes c 2 Tim. 2.19 Psal 14.6.4 Esay 55.8 Matth. 18.8 The fift signe is a holy constant desire d Esay 55.1 Matth. 5.6 after Gods fauour and remission of sinnes as the greatest happinesse reioycing in all the hopes and signes of it The sixt is that they can loue and forgiue their enemiese. Now there are other signes in stronger Christians such as these 1. A full assurance of faith in Iesus Christ 2. A longing and constant desire of death and loue to the appearing of Iesus Christ in a sensible and ardent measure and that in prosperitie 3. A greate conquest and victorie in ouercomming the world and the flesh 4. The spirit of prayer and such like Vses The vse of this point concerning the quickning of the godly by true conuersion to God is diuers First since this is the first and common worke without which we can neuer get out of our naturall miserie here may the cursed and damnable waiwardnesse of the most be reproued who liue snorting in sinne as if they needed no conuersion to God How hath a very spirit of spirituall fornication intoxicated men and besotted them that they cannot minde to returne f Hos 5.4 Three sorts of men greeuously transgresse against this doctrine 1. The carelesse that freeze in their dregges and consider not whether God will doe good or euill 2. The inconstant whose righteousnesse is as the morning dew that by flashes and fits only thinke of turning to God 3. The profane scoffer that speakes euill of the good way of God and reprocheth by consequent the very bloud of Christ without which he can neuer be saued Note 2. Heere is an excellent comfort to weake Christians note that the text saith quickned not borne to assure the weake that though their strength be but as the childs when it lieth in the wombe and is first quickened and not so much as the strength of a childe new borne yet they are accepted with God The first springings in the wombe of grace is precious before God though euery thing be not yet so cleerely performed yet if grace be but conceiued in them God knowes them and owes them and will not denie his owne workes but annexeth heere forgiuenesse of sinnes euen to this first sprouting and forming of true grace 3. How should the consideration of this work and the glorious priuiledges belonging to it euen compell all men to awake and stand vp from the dead and neuer giue ouer till Christ bee formed in them labouring aboue all things to be made new creatures resoluing to begge this quickning at Gods hands till by his word he be pleased to beget it in them Lastly how should they walke in newnesse of life that are borne againe of God there is a path and it is called holy and they must walke in it g Esay 35.8 seeing this grace hath appeared how should they deny vngodlinesse and worldly lusts for euer resoluing to liue soberly and godly and righteously in this present world h Tit. 2.12 And they should giue all diligence to make vp their assurance of their holy calling and election i 2 Pet. 1.10 Heb. 6.12 Girding vp the loynes of their mindes that they might trust perfectly on the grace that is brought vnto them in the reuelation of Iesus Christ l 1 Pet. 1.13 And since they are in so happie an estate they should alwaies reioyce and let their moderation of minde be knowen to all men being in nothing carefull but in all things making request vnto God with prayers and supplications and giuing of thanks so should the peace of God that passeth all vnderstanding keepe their hearts and mindes m Phil 4.6.4.7 And for our carriage towards others first we should for euer in all places acknowledge such as are borne againe of God n 1 Cor. 16.10 2 Cor. 1.14 Secondly we should exhort one another and prouoke one another to loue and good workes and not forsake the fellowship of the Saints o Heb. 10.24.25.26 praying one for another that God would fulfill the good pleasure of his will and the worke of our faith with power that we might abound in loue and be established in holinesse before God in the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ with all the Saints p 1 Thes 3.12.13 Thus of our quickning only we may obserue that he saith we are quickned together with him which is true diuers waies men are quickned together with Christ 1. Because we are quickned aswell as he 2. Because being quickned we are vnited vnto him 3. Because we are quickned by the same spirit and power that raised him from the dead All which may increase our consolation in this gratious worke and confirme vs vnto the end Forgiuing you all your trespasses First for the meaning of the words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the word forgiuing as it is in the originall signifieth to acquit them gratis
Christian doctrine The Coherence now followeth Christian life The Apostle hath before discoursed of matters of faith now hee intends to entreat of matters of life The diuision of the Chapter and to prescribe rules of conuersation And these rules belong either to our generall calling as wee are Christians or to our patticular callings as wee are people of such or such condition or state of life The generall rules are set downe from the first verse of this Chapter to the eighteenth and the particular rules begin at the eighteenth verse and continue to the second verse of the next Chapter The rules of the first kinde may be referred to three heads for either they concerne first the meditation of heauenly things or secondly The subdiuisions the mortification of vice or thirdly the renouation of life The meditation of heauenly things ir vrged from v. 1. to the fift the mortification of vice is vrged from v. 5. to the tenth Renouation of life is generally layd down v. 10.11 and more specially opened v. 12. to the eighteenth The exhortation to the care and study of heauenly things is thus digested First it is expounded v. 1. Secondly it is illustrated v. 2. Thirdly it is confirmed by motiues and reason v. 3.4 And thus for the order of the whole Chapter and the generall frame of this first part Before I open the words more particularly there are diuerse things may be noted from the coherence and dependance of these words 4 Doctrine from coherence vvith former chapters with the Chapter before and the matter following in this Chapter From the coherence with the former Chapter I obserue these things First that there can bee no holinesse of life without faith and therefore the Apostle first instructeth them in matters of faith It is a true rule whatsoeuer is not of faith is sinne and may be extended further then things indifferent while we are out of Gods fauour a Rom. 14.23 and know not our reconciliation and iustification in Christ our best actions are but faire sinnes For without faith it is vnpossible to please God b Heb. 11.6 Secondly that the terrestriall blessednesse of man is in respect of sinne two wayes principally assaulted First with errors in opinion Secondly with corruptions in manners And against both wee should learne from the Apostle in the latter part of the former Chapter and the first part of this to bee armed and furnished with holy directions and meditations Thirdly that these men that are so superstitiously earnest and so zealously forward for ceremonies and the traditions and obseruations of men whatsoeuer they protest or pretend or seeme to be are indeed voyd of true deuotion and feruent affection to heauenly thingsc. Doct. 1 Fourthly that hee that is by faith made a new creature must resolue to be at Gods appoyntment for his whole carriage in his generall and particular calling d Ephes 2.10 Doctrines froÌ„ the coherence in this Chapter Thus of the coherence with the former Chapters From the order of doctrine in this Chapter two things may be noted First that before a man can be good in his particular calling hee must first be good in his generall thou mayst bee painefull and diligent but thou canst not be euery way a faithfull and sound hearted husband wife seruant childe c. till thou bee a good man or good woman in respect of grace and godlinesse And therefore wee should first seeke the righteousnesse of Gods Kingdome and it may serue for direction vnto such as chuse wiues or seruants or the like if they bee not faithfull to God how canst thou bee assured they will prooue faithfull to thee moreouer wouldst thou haue thy seruants or children to bee amended then bring them to the powerfull preaching of the word and call vpon them to get into the fellowship of the godly that they may learne to bee good abroad in matters of religion and then thou mayst hope to finde them by proofe and daily experience trusty and faithfull in thy Doct. 2 businesse Finally this reproues both the sinfulnesse and folly of many carnall parents and masters they neuer care so their seruants doe their worke though they altogether neglect Gods worke And many times they restraine their seruants and children and will not let them heare sermons or come into godly companie as if that were the way to make them idle and carelesse whereas we see the cleane contrary to be true Secondly that men are neuer likely to hold out and prooue sound in the reformation and new obedience of their liues till they fall in loue with heauenly things and grow in some measure weary of the world and the things thereof 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Thus of the generall obseruations from the twofold coherence Now followeth the particular opening of the words In the proposition of the exhortation to the studie of heauenly things layed downe in this verse two things are to bee considered first what or the dutie required viz. seeke those things which are aboue secondly why or the reasons to enforce the dutie and they are foure First ye are risen with Christ in the first resurrection Secondly these things are aboue and not attained without seeking or studie Thirdly Christ is aboue in his bodily presence Fourthly Christ sits at the right hand of God exalted in the glory of his father each of these strongly conclude the exhortation as will further appeare in the particular handling of them If yee be risen with Christ A threefold resurrection There may bee conceiued to bee a threefold resurrection of a Christian The first is sacramentall And thus we rise againe in baptisme The second is corporall c Râ—uel 2.9 What the first resurrection is and so wee shall rise againe in the day of Iesus Christ in our bodies out of the dust of the earth The third is spirituall and so wee must rise in this life in soule from the death of sinne or else we shall neuer bee deliuered from the second death of this spirituall resurrection called elsewhere the first resurrection he heere entreats And it is a worke of the spirit of grace deliuering vs from the power of sinne by which wee are quickned to the heauenly desires and endeauours of holy life by the vertue of the resurrection of Iesus Christ applyed vnto vs by faith in the effectuall vse of Gods ordinances It is a worke by which wee grow conformable to Christ being risen againe f Rom. 6.4.5 by which also wee taste of the powers of the life to come and are borne againe to a liuely hope of an eternall and incorruptible inheritance g 1 Pet. 1.3.4 the earnest of which wee haue receiued and shall shortly receiue the whole possession purchased h Eph. 1.14 though for a time we be absent from the Lord. This first resurrection carieth with it a similitude or resemblance of Christ rising againe so as euery Christian
in this work beares the Image of Christ and in him Christ riseth before our eyes not onely because the Lord Iesus doth in this gracious worke giue vs a daily and fresh remembrance of his resurrection by renewing such fruits of it but also because he imprinteth a secret kinde of heauenly mindednesse the Christian in some weake measure liuing as Christ did in the interim betweene his resurrection and ascension waiting alwayes for his exaltation into heauen Now the consideration of this worke is heere vsed by the Apostle to perswade vnto the meditation of heauenly things and that fitly for if wee bee risen as Christ was then we must bee minded as hee was now wee know that after hee was risen againe hee was not encumbred with this world nor did he conuerse with the men of this world but liued with the Lord as it were immediately in a heauenly manner waiting for Heauen so should a Christian doe he should euery day bee striuing to get vp his heart by faith and prayer and meditation and voluntary abnegation by all meanes begging and seeking the vertue of Christs resurrection that being enabled to forsake the world and the vnnecessary society with worldly men he might haue his heart and conuersation in heauen euery day waiting when the time of his changing should come Quest How may a man know whether he be risen with Christ Ans Hovv a man may knovv vvhether he be risen vvith Christ Who are not risen vvith Christ This question may bee resolued both negatiuely and affirmatiuely For first they are not risen with Christ that are in bondage to traditions as the coherence with the latter end of the former chapter shewes nor they that are drowned and made sencelesse with the cares of this life or the pleasures of voluptuous liuing i Luk. 21.34 nor they that confirming themselues in a dead presumptuous common hope plead the abounding of Gods grace to auouch their continuance in sinne k Rom. 6.1.4.5 1 Pet. 1.3 For the Apostle in the Epistle to the Romans vseth a reason taken from our conformity to the resurrection of Christ to confute this vicious and prophane plea of carelesse men Further they that worship the Beast the great Antichrist of Rome and receiue his marke vpon their foreheads or their hands are reckoned among the dead men that haue not their part in this first resurrection l Reu. 20.4.5.6 Also the Prophet Esay seemes to say that such men as will not see Gods high hand of Iudgement nor will learne to doe vprightly in the land of vprightnesse nor can bee allured to godlinesse though mercy be shewed them are to bee accounted among the dead men that shall not liue m Esa 26.9.10.14 Lastly they are not risen with Christ that doe not beleeue in Christ n Joh. 11.25 Now for the affirmatiue They may haue comfort in the first resurrection that haue felt a diuine power in the voyce of Christ quickning their hearts with effectuall desire and endeauour to rise out of the graues of sinne o Ioh. 5.25 and to stand vp from the world of the dead p Eph. 5.14 2. That are constantly affected with an holy estimation of the knowledge of Christ crucified and risen againe an effectuall knowledge I meane valuing the meanes and signes of it aboue all earthly things q Phil. 3.9.10 3. That finde their hearts changed from the cares and delights of this life to a constant desire of the second comming of Christ to translate them to the presence of glory in heauen 4. That shew a daily care to walke in newnesse of life yeelding their members as weapons of righteousnesse striuing to crucifie the olde man and destroy the body of sinne as they that are aliue vnto God r Rom. 6.4 5.6.13 2. Againe in that the Apostle saith if yee bee risen againe with Christ seeke those things that are aboue wee may note that it is as hard a thing to get vp the heart of men to the study of heauenly things as to lift vp a massie corps out of the graue and to inspire it with the desire of life As easie to reuiue a dead man as persvvade a carnall man there is neede of the spirit and power of Iesus to doe it And therefore wee should not wonder to see naturall men so heartlesse nor should we attribute it to any inefficacy in the meanes if carnall men bee not perswaded for a man may long perswade a dead man to rise before he will get vp and it should touch vs with all thankfulnesse to acknowledge Gods mercy if he haue giuen vs a minde to heauenly things to desire them and delight in them Thirdly in that he saith if yee bee risen speaking not onely conditionally but doubtfully it imports that one should bee exceeding carefull to search and trie whether they haue their part as yet in this first resurrection and withall implyes that many a man may seeme to himselfe and others to bee deliuered from the kingdome of darknesse and yet lie buried still in the graues of sinne Seeke thâ—se things which are aboue Heere the Apostle enters vpon the proposition of the first maine exhortation or rule of new life Now before I bring in the Apostle vrging this duty imagine with thy selfe how farre the Christian thus now to bee instructed for order of life hath already proceeded by faith for before a man can bee truely capable of direction of life there bee diuers things requisite in the preparations of faith The preparations of faith before a man can be capable of directions of life And these things are necessarily to be presupposed 1. That faith hath plucked him out of the world of sinners or dead men so that hee is already withdrawen from the society of the wicked 2. It hath shewed him Gods fauour and ioyned him to Christ 3. It hath shewed him in some measure such things in the Kingdome of Christ as his naturall eare neuer heard nor his naturall eye neuer saw nor his naturall heart neuer conceiued Å¿ 1 Cor. 2.9 4. It hath ioyned him to the liuing Saints so as he now with great desire delight conuerseth with them 5. It hath made him to suffer in the flesh for his sins and withall hath refreshed his spirit and cured him of his distrustfull and solitary sorrowes 6. It hath garnished his soule with new budding graces and opened for him a fountaine and spring of grace within him euen in his bowels t Ioh. 7.38.39 7. It hath raised in him a true and constant desire of new obedience of life with a secret resolution not to depart from any thing the Lord shall command all the dayes of his life Now presupposing the Christian to bee thus farre proceeded the Apostle comes in and to beginne his institutions of manners hee first chargeth him with this rule Doct. Seeke those that are aboue teaching vs that the first maine thing to be
laboured after in the reducing of our liues into a holy order u Matt. 6.33 Eight sorts of things that are aboue is to striue by all meanes to get vp our hearts to a constant seeking and minding of heauenly things according to that serious charge of our Sauiour Christ first seeke the Kingdome of God and the righteousnesse thereof That this rule may bee more cleerely vnderstood and more carefully practised it will bee profitable to consider distinctly what things are aboue and how they are to be sought And so the things that are aboue may bee distinguished into eight sorts First God is aboue for hee dwels in the high and holy places * Esa 57.15 and he must be sought x Hos 3.5 and if you aske what we must seeke in God I answer wee must seeke the true knowledge of his nature y Psal 14.1.2 Wee must seeke his fauour and the pacification of his iust anger for our sinnes z Zeph. 2.3 Wee must seeke his face d Hos 5. vlt. and presence a Psal 24.6 Psal 27.8 We must seeke his honour and glory b Ioh 5.44 And wee must seeke his saluation c Psal 105.4 70.4 And if you aske how wee must seeke God I answer wee must seeke God with acknowledgement of our faults with weeping and repenpentance for our sinnes e Ier. 50.4 Isay 21.12 with the desire of our hearts f Esay 26.7 with prayer and supplication g Matt. 7.7 with feare of his mercies h Hos 3.1 with meeknesse i Zeph. 2.2.3 and in the way of holy life Secondly k Psal 24.4.5 Christ is aboue for so he sayth to the Iewes yee are from beneath I am from aboue l 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 yee are of this world I am not of this world m Ioh. 8.23 and he is the Lord whom euery Christian ought to seeke n Mal. 3.1 now Christ is two wayes sought principally First in the sincere and constant vse of all his ordinances both publike and priuate that by them we might finde his presence of grace on earth And thus the Church sought him in the Canticles o Cant. 3.1 c. Secondly in the desires prayers and preparations for our owne dissolution and his appearing p Phil. 1.21 Reu. 21.20 2 Tim. 4.8 2 Pet. 3.12 Thirdly the new Ierusalem is aboue for so the Apostle to the Galathians expressely saith q Gal. 4 26. Euen that heauenly society of glorious spirits in illustrious splendor And these are to be sought two wayes 1. By the constant desire of their presence and to bee gathered to them 2. By the imitation of their graces and vertues which they shewed when thy were on earth Fourthly Heauen is aboue For it is the price of our calling that is aboue r 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Phil. 3.14 and the glory of that eternall and immortall honour is to bee sought ſ Rom. 2.7 and that fiue wayes 1. By prayer for preparation and that daily for so our Sauiour hath taught vs in the second petition of his prayer t Matth. 6.10 2. By seeking the assurance of faith and hope and the pledges and earnest of it u Heb. 11.1 Eph. 1.14 3. By meditation and contemplation striuing to expresse our desires and sighes after it * 2 Cor. 5.2 4. By carrying our selues as strangers and pilgrimes in this world weaning our hearts and retiring our liues from the world confessing and professing our trauailes towards a better countrie that is aboue x Hebr. 11.13.14.16 5. By continuing in well-doing y Rom. 2.7 striuing to liue a Citizen-like life heere z 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Phil. 3.20 in all things prouident to send our workes and prayers to Heauen before vs as our prouision and treasure a Matth. 6.14 Fiftly holy graces are aboue for S. Iames saith Euery good giuing and euerie perfect gift is from aboue and commeth downe from the father of lights b Iam. 1.17 And it is apparent that they are a part of the Kingdome of Heauen and they tend to Heauen and therefore the Prophet Esay cals grace by the name of glory c Esay 4.5 and they come downe from Heauen which will also appeare in the particulars Wisdome is from aboue d Iam. 3.17 so is zeale for it is the zeale of Gods house e Psal 69.9 so is lowlinesse so is faith so is peace and ioy and all the rest And that these are to bee sought many Scriptures euidently proue f 1 Cor. 14.1 Zeph. 2.3 2 Cor. 13.5 Rom. 14.17.18 and if you aske how they are to be sought it is shortly answered by prayer and the vse of the meanes which the Lord hath appoynted as holy vessels and instruments and as it were wombes to conceiue conuey and deriue grace vnto vs. Sixtly the meanes of saluation themselues are things aboue for they are called the Kingdome of Heauen g Matth. 3.2 and the Kingdome of Heauen is sayd to bee taken away when the meanes is taken away h Mat. 21.43 and these we must seeke i Esay 41.17.18 though it cost vs much trauaile if there be a famine k Amos 8. or much cost if the Lord giue vs to finde such pearles of instruction or comfort in the field of any Church or congregation l Mat. 13.45 Seuenthly holy duties are many of them from aboue for the Wise man saith the way of life is on high to the prudent to auoyde from hell beneath m Pro. 15.24 and that because both the will that enioynes them and the power to doe them and the successe or effects of them are all from God aboue And therfore the Author to the Hebrews when he would discourse of doing of Gods will quoting the place in the Psalmes seemes to intimate that the true speech of such duties is to speake from aboue n 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Heb. 10.8.9 and these good things are to bee sought o Prou. 11.27 wee must seeke the old and good way p Ier. 6.17 we must seeke Iudgement and Righteousnesse q Esay 1.17 Eightly many of the priuiledges of Christians are from aboue as the righteousnesse of Gods Kingdome r Matt. 6.33 forgiuenesse of sinnes ſ 1 Ioh. 1.7 deliuerance from this present euill world t Gal. 1.4 both in respect of the contagions and punishments of the same all spirituall blessings in heauenly things u Ephes 1.3 the reuelation of hid mysteries * 1 Cor. 2.9 Col. 1.26 the spirit of the sonne x Gal. 4.6.7 the influence of Christs death and resurrection y Phil. 3.9.10 the word with all the treasure of it z Psal 119.94 and the honour which is aboue a Ioh. 5.44 and all these are to bee sought Thus of the particular things that are aboue and we must seeke Vse The
consideration of all this may much abase and humble vs for our deadnesse of spirit and egregious slownesse of heart in these things that so greatly concerne vs. The Diuell takes more paines in seeking to destroy vs b 1 Pet. 5.8 then we either doe take or are willing to take to saue our owne soules by seeking these things all of them so worthy to hee sought The worldly man is more industrious to seek riches and the ambitious man more to seeke honor and the luxurious man to seeke his sport lust or pleasure then Christians are to seeke those things that are aboue though neuer any truly sought but did finde c Matt. 7.7 and neuer lesse was found then either the euidence or the possession of a kingdome d Luk. 12.32 and that of God Nay nay how haue euery one of vs sought out all wayes and all inuentions while we liued in the seruice of the flesh and had no fruit or wages but that of which we are now ashamed e Rom. 6.21 and yet are seldome or neuer weary of such vnprofitable and shamefull labour But I referre the vrging of motiues till I come to the next verse it followeth Where Christ sitteth at the right hand of God These words containe the latter reasons and comprehend a principall part of Christs exaltation the meditation whereof is here vsed to excite vs to the loue of heauenly things seeing our Sauiour Christ that so entirely loues vs not onely is in heauen but is therein great fauour and honour and maiesty and power A fourefold presence of Christ There is a foure-folde presence of Christ For first hee is euery where as God Secondly he is in the hearts of the faithfull only by his spirit of grace and regeneration Thirdly he is by representation in the Sacrament Fourthly he is bodily in heauen Quest Quest But is not Christ with his Church on earth still Ans Answ He is as God but not as man I say not as man locally for else hee is present in his members that beare the image of his true humane nature and his very body is present sacramentally he is present by the imputation of righteousnesse and by mysticall vnion The acceptations of the words The right hand of God hath diuerse significations in Scripture sometimes it signifieth the power and helpe of God f Psal 44.3 Acts 2.33 Sometimes the place of eternall rest in heauen g Psal 16.11 Sometimes it notes the Maiesty and authority and soueraignty of God h Psal 110.1 Heb. 1.3 To sit signifieth to abide or dwell i Luk. 14.49 and to gouerne k 1 King 1.30 Prou. 20.8 Isay 16.5 Here to sit at Gods right hand comprehends three things First an exceeding glory aboue all creatures euen the very Angels l Heb. 1.13 Acts 7.55 Secondly full power of gouernment m Eph. 1.20 Thirdly an equality in maiesty and soueraignty euen with God the father in his person n Phil. 2.6.7 9. Ob. But Stephen saith he saw him standing at Gods right hand o Acts 7.75 Sol. Sol. Diuers gestures for our capacity are attributed for diuerse ends First hee stands to shew his watchfull eagernesse and readinesse to take notice of wrongs to his members to come to their succours Secondly He sits to note maiestie and soueraignty Ob. But to sit at Gods right hand seemes to import the reall communication of diuine attributes to the humane nature so as in his very body hee is euerie where c. Sol. It doth not Christs human nature is here reckoned vnder the name of things aboue And besides in the Epistle to the Ephesians the Apostle saith expresly he sits at Gods right hand in heauenly places p Eph. 1.20 Vse 1 The vse of Christs sitting at Gods right hand follow And first it may bee a notable terror to wicked men if they doe but consider that hee whom they daily pierce by their sinnes q Reuel 1.7 and despise by contemning his ordinances by which he would rule them r Luk 19.14 is exalted to such glory that hee hath all power to subdue his enemies vnder his feet Å¿ Psal 110.1 But sure it is if they will not now feare and repent the time shall come when all they that sayd this man shall not rule ouer vs shall see him sitting at the right hand of the power of God t Matt. 26.64 and comming in the clouds to render vengeance on all those his aduersaries that would not obey his Gospell u 2 Thess 1.8 but striue to breake his yoake and east his câ—rdâ— from them x Psal 2.2.3 Secondly it may serue for singular comfort to all Gods seruants Fâ—r from his session at Gods right hand flow vnto them many singular blessings 〈◊〉 the Vse 2 places of Scripture quoted in the margent will shew First the casting out of all accusations of Sathan y Rom. 8.34 Eph. 1 20. Secondly the filling of the Church with all needfull fulnesse of grace and blessings z Heb. 1.13.14 Thirdly the seruice of Angels ministring to the heires of saluation Fourthly speed in all suits a 1 Pet. 3.22 Fiftly the prouiding of a place for vs b Ioh. 14.2 Sixtly Intercession c Heb. 7.26 Seuenthly power to subdue our enemies d Psal 110.1 As the consideration of the seuerall places of Scripture alledged will manifestly shew Yea his exaltation may be our comfort because in a sort wee sit together with him e Eph. 2.6 not only because this honour is done to our nature in his flesh but also because by our mysticall vnion it is done to our head and moreouer he doth in part communicate this honour to vs for as Christ is at the right hand of the father so is the Church at the right hand of Christ f Psal 45.10 Finally in the second comming of Christ this glory shall bee more fully and openly communicated when all the faithfull shall bee set on his right hand g Mat. 25.33 to heare that most gracious sentence Come yee blessed of my father inherit the kingdome prepared for you before the foundations of the world Thirdly the session of Christ at Gods right hand may teach vs first to minde a spirituall worship seeing hee hath taken his body out of the way Secondly to goe boldly to the throne of grace to seeke helpe in time of need h Heb. 4. vlt. seeing we haue so sure a friend to procure both audience acceptance and successe thirdly to waite with patience vnder all sorts of wrongs for it is sure that hee that shall come will come in his due time and will not tarry and then hee will make all his enemies to be his footstoole i Heb. 10.12.13 Lastly the Apostle here vseth the consideration of this doctrine as a motiue to stirre vs vp to mind heauenly things And surely if wee doe seriously waigh it
at that day either to deliuer from the terror of the iudgement or the horror of the euerlasting miserie will certainly follow if men be not more carefull to prouide for their soules before-hand by following the studie of better things but especially if men would consider the great gaine and profit that godlinesse at that day will bring and the incomparable glory that all heauenly minded Christians shall then bee exalted vnto The thought of these things daily and truly laid vnto mens hearts would much excite and stirre vp to a constant care of preparing our selues against that day and would greatly weane vs from the cares and delights in these transitorie and earthly things here below that will so little auaile the owners in the day of death and will bee of so little vse in that immortall estate vnto which after this iudgement the godly shall be translated So that these words offer two things to be intreated of First the glorious appearance of Christ Secondly the glorious appearance of the Christian in the day of Christ But before I enter vpon the particular and full discourse of those two glorious appearances some things may be briefly and generally noted 1. That the knowledge of those last things is not a curious or vnprofitable Obs 1 knowledge but contrariwise ought to be searched after as exceeding vsefull in the life of man 2. That the doctrine of the glory of Christ and Christians in that last day Obs 2 is now but little knowne or discerned and that the word appeare imports The Deuill sensualitie and guiltinesse make many men haue little minde to thinke of the day of iudgement so as the fulnesse of Christs maiestie or of the Christians glory will not appeare till the very iudgement day The better sort know but in part and the worser sort are so blinded by the deuill and besotted with sensualitie and the loue of earthly things and withall are so conscious to themselues of the euils they are guiltie of that they haue no desire to discerne or to be taught to know the doctrine of Christs comming Obs 3 3. Those words which is our life are not to be altogether passed ouer they plainly affirme that Christ is our life Christ is our life and this is an honor that the Lord challengeth to himselfe and therefore as hee would be acknowledged to be the way and the truth so also he addeth I am the life a Ioh. 14.6 and to this end he came that men in him might haue life b Joh. 10.10 And with great reason is Christ said to be our life for he formed vs at first when we were not and quickened vs when wee were dead and hath prouided a better life for vs and doth preserue vs vnto eternall life and daily renew life and power in the hearts of his people and will raise our bodies at the last day Vses The consideration hereof may both teach vs and trie vs it may teach vs as to acknowledge that wee haue receiued life from Christ so to dedicate what remaineth of our life to the honour and seruice of him that is the author and sole Lord of our liues and withall to runne vnto him for the daily preseruation and renewing of life and louelinesse in vs. And it may trie too for till we can truly say out of feeling and experience Christ is the life of our liues we shall hardly finde reason of comfortable hope in our appearance before him at the last day Who may truly say and professe that Christ is their life And they only may truly professe that Christ is their life that first can liue by the faith of Christ accounting themselues to haue enough if they may see comfort in Gods promises made in Christ and feele the ioyfull fruits of Christs fauour and presence howsoeuer it goe with them for outward things Secondly that doe continually sacrifice and deuote vnto Christ their best desires and endeuours and that with resolution to cleaue to his seruice all the dayes of their life And thirdly that can bewaile his absence or displeasure as the most bitter crosse so as they could feele and out of affection say of such times and such a condition that the true life of their life was absent or remoued from them Now I come to the appearance of Christ I haue not here to doe with the appearance of Christ as it is considered in the fore-ordination of God before the foundation of the world c 1 Pet. 1.20 Six appearances of Christ but of the accomplishment of it and so Christs appearance is of diuers kindes For first hee hath appeared vnto the whole world as the true light that made the world and lightneth euery man that commeth into the world d Ioh. 19.10 and thus he appeared in the light of nature Secondly he appeares to the whole Church consisting both of good and bad by the generall light of doctrine and Scripture but many receiue not his testimonie e Ioh. 3.31.32 Thirdly he hath appeared corporally in the dayes of his flesh once in the end of the world to put away sinne by the sacrifice of himselfe f Heb. 9.26 1 Ioh. 3.5 and to dissolue the worke of the deuill g 1 Ioh. 3.8 Then was fulfilled that great mysterie God was manifested in the flesh h 1 Tim. 3.16 Fourthly he hath and doth daily appeare in the hearts of all the faithfull by the manifestation of the spirit of grace i 1 Cor. 12.7 whereby hee doth not onely shine but also dwell in them k Eph. 3.16.17 Fiftly he hath and doth appeare in the day of death by the ministerie of his Angels to translate the blessed soules to their place of peace rest and ioy And lastly hee shall appeare in the end of the world in glorious maiestie to iudge all men and Angels and this is the appearance here mentioned Threefold iudgement The doctrine of the last iudgement hath beene alwayes vrged There is noted to be a threefold iudgement The first iudgement and that was accomplished on man and Angels at their first fall Then there is a middle iudgement and so God iudgeth the wicked and the righteous euery day And there is a last iudgement and that is this iudgement about which Christ is here said to appeare The doctrine of the last iudgement is in a manner onely to bee found in the Church They were darke and vncertaine things the Philosopher could see by the light of nature And the Lords messengers haue in all ages from the first beginning till now mightily vrged the terror of this day to awaken the secure world Henoch prophesied of it l Jud. 15. so did Moses m Deut. 32. and Dauid n Psal 50. and Salomon o Eccl. 11.9 and Daniel p Dan. 7.13 and Ioel q Joel 3. and Malachie r Mal. 4. so did Christ himselfe Å¿ Matt. 24. and Paul t
and all that worship his image and renew his marke shall then bee cast aliue into the lake that burnes with fire and brimstone a Reu. 19.20 False teachers which priuily bring in damnable heresies or speake euill of the way of truth haue their condemnation long since determined and agreed vpon b 2 Pet. 2.1.2.3 All Atheists that make a mocke of religion and the comming of Christ shall haue a principall portion of the fierce furie of Christ c 2 Pet. 3.3 c. All couetous worldlings and greedie rich men shall then be in a wofull case for the very rust of their cankred gold and siluer shall witnesse against them and shall eat their flesh as it were fire d Jam. 5.13 All mercilesse men shall then haue iudgement without mercy e Jam. 2.13 All whoremongers and adulterers and all that defile the flesh God will be sure to iudge f Heb. 13.4 A fearfull looking for of iudgement and violent fire shall deuoure all those Apostataes that sinne willingly after they haue receiued and acknowledged the truth g Heb. 10.27 How sure doe yee suppose shall his punishment be that doth despight the spirit of grace by which hee was sanctified h Heb. 10.29 All those that haue troubled Gods seruants shall beare their condemnation whosoeuer they be i Gal. 5.10 O man thou art inexcusable that iudgest another man wherein thou art guiltie thy selfe for the iudgement of God must needs be in truth against such as commit such things k Rom. 2.1.2.3 Especially if men grow master-like in censuring it will increase to greater condemnation l Iam. 3.1 All goats or vnruly Christians that will not be kept within Gods fence that is will not be ruled by Gods ordinances and ministers shall be separate in that day from Gods sheepe and as a people accursed to be cast into an vnauoidable fellowship with the deuill and his angels m Mat. 25. All hypocrites that say and doe not or doe all their worke to be seene of men take Gods couenant into their mouthes and hate to be reformed how shall they escape the damnation to come n Psal 50. Mat. 6. 23. All wicked men with their scant measure and deceitfull weights and wicked ballances shall neuer be iustified in the day of the Lord o Mich. 6.10.11 What shall I say It were too long to proceed to reckon all and it is a short labour to conclude with the Apostle No wantons nor drunkards nor railers nor extortioners nor theeues nor wrathfull persons nor gluttons nor idolaters nor iesters nor filthy talkers nor fearfull persons nor liers nor any that loue lies shall be able to stand in the day of Christ but shall be shut out of the kingdome of heauen and cast into the lake that burneth with fire and brimstone And thus of the vse for terror Secondly vpon the meditation of this last iudgement diuers lessons for Vse 2 our instruction are inforced First it should restraine vncharitable iudging and censuring one of another for lesse matters especially for things indifferent Who art thou that iudgest another mans seruant he standeth or falleth to his owne master Christ is the Lord of quicke and dead And therefore why doest thou condemne thy brother or why doest thou despise thy brother for we shall all appeare before the iudgement seat of Christ Inasmuch as the Lord Iesus Christ will iudge the secrets of all hearts and giue a iust triall to the actions of all men why should wee forestall his iudgement or in doubtfull matters b 1 Cor. 4.5 arrogate to our selues this honour of Christ If wee could consider that we shall then euery one giue accounts vnto God for himselfe c Ro. 14.12.13 wee should finde worke enough to doe to looke to our owne score Let vs not therefore brethren iudge one another any more Secondly are there any matters of difference amongst vs Let the Saints iudge them and end them d 1 Cor. 6 2. God will be contented to put his cause to them at the last day for we know the Saints shall iudge the world and therefore why should we refuse their arbitration Thirdly it should order and moderate our sorrowes for our dead friends Wee should not sorrow as people without hope seeing we beleeue that all that sleepe in Iesus God will bring with him e 1 Thess 4.13.14.17.18 Wee shall meet together againe in that day and afterwards liue with the Lord together for euer And therefore wee should comfort one another with these words Fourthly this summons to iudgement giues a dreadfull warning and admonition to the world euen to all men euery where to repent Inasmuch as God hath appointed a day wherein hee will iudge the world in righteousnesse by the man whom he hath appointed whereof he hath giuen an assurance in that he raised him from the dead f Act. 17.32 woe will be vnto vs if that day come vpon vs vnawares before wee haue made our peace and humbled our selues before God and by vnfained repentance turned from all our euill wayes It is an vnsearchable compassion that God shewes when he offers vs this mercy that if we will iudge our selues we shall not be iudged of the Lord in that day g 1 Cor. 11.34 And it will on the other side excessiuely incense his wrath when hauing such grace offered wee neglect it and death and iudgement finde our sinnes both vnremitted on Gods part and vnrepented on ours Fiftly seeing all these things must be dissolued how should it fire vs and daily quicken our dead and drowsie spirits to a constant care of all possible holy conuersation and godlines h 2 Pet. 3.12 vnlesse we would discouer our selues either to be Atheists that mocke at the iudgement to come or men giuen to a spirit of slumber that in soule sleepe it out and will not consider our latter end Seeing wee are all Gods stewards let vs arme our selues as they that must then giue accounts of our stewardship And since wee haue all receiued some of Gods talents and gifts in our seuerall places let vs be carefull to approue our selues to be good seruants and faithfull such as can returne them with aduantage lest the portion of the seruant that hid his masters talents in the earth fall vpon vs. Lastly since the day of iudgement is the day of our full and finall redemption and since he shall come as a theefe in the night euen in the houre that we thinke not let vs therefore watch i Mat. 24.44 and be ready alwaies carefull and diligent sighing and groaning longing and praying k Reuel 22. hasting to and looking for l 2 Pet. 3. this glorious appearance and reuelation of our Lord and Sauiour Iesus Christ Vse 3 Thirdly this may be a singular comfort to all mortified and penitent Christians they may lift vp their heads and reioice with ioy vnspeakable and
out like fire and the rockes are broken by him The wrath of God to shew the exquisite and intolerable Secondly by similitude and remedilesse paine that wicked men feele when they beare it is compared to a consuming fire and to note the infinitenesse of it God himselfe is said to be a consuming fire z Heb. 12.29 Deut. 4.24 Moses also saith that the fire that is kindled in Gods wrath shall burne to the bottome of hell and it were able to consume the earth with her increase and set on fire the foundation of the mountaines a Deut. 32.22 Thirdly by example Thirdly who can th nke the anger of God not to be infinitely terrible that can but seriously consider these examples and presidents of it First Gods reprobating or fore damning of millions of men Secondly the sinne of Adam pursued with such vnconceiueable iudgements vpon him and his name Thiâ—dly the drowning of the old world the burning of Sodome the opening of the earth to swallow vp the rebellious the sea swallowing vp Pharaoh and his hoâ—st Fourthly the forlorne estate of the Gentiles not looked after for many hundred yeeres Fiftly the Iewes sometimes the only people to whom the Lord drew neere now made a curse and astonishment and a hissing throughout the earth Sixtly the torments which Christ himselfe endured when he was but suretie for sinners Seuenthly what are warres famines pestilences diseases seditions heresies and the infinite molestations in the life of man but so many euident proofes of wonderfull anger in God Eightly the testimonies of afflicted consciences be liuely in this point When but a drop of anger lights vpon the soule of man in this world how vnable is he to sustaine his spirit what flouds of teares flow from his wounded heart Lastly the burning of the world and the flames of hell shall one day make full proofe of Gods anger And thus of the first point Hovv vvrath is brought vpon vs. For the second wrath is wrought or brought vpon vs foure wayes First the Law workes wrath for being transgressed it breeds displeasure pleads for iudgement records sinne and presents it in Gods sight Secondly Christ in the ministerie of the word applies wrath or discouers Gods indignation and so he is said to smite and slay the wicked b Reu. 19.15 Esay 11.3 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Rom. 13.4 Thirdly the Magistrate is a reuenger in executing Gods wrathc. Fourthly wrath is brought vpon vs by Gods armie the creatures are Gods warriours they fight for the Lord against sinners and are speedily and vnresistably armed when God is pleased to raise them The signes of Gods anger Thirdly concerning the signes of Gods anger wee must vnderstand that Gods eternall anger towards other men in particular cannot be knowne nor his temporall anger by any ordinary way of certaintie except it be extraordinarily by reuelation as to the Prophets or Apostles For by outward things we cannot know Gods loue or hatred to particular persons onely Gods publike anger to publike states may be knowne and so may his priuate anger to our selues in speciall Signes of publike anger There are three signes to know Gods publike anger 1. The prediction of his Ministers as extraordinarily the Prophets from vision or reuelation did foretell the iudgements to ensue And ordinarily wrath may be knowne by the comminations of faithfull Preachers for when vpon obseruation of threatnings in the Law made to such sinnes as then abound they doe with one consent in many places with instance and confidence giue warning of plagues to ensue it is time for the world to awaken for the Lords secrets are with his seruants And he will make good their righteous threatnings Secondly The signes in heauen or earth or sea prodigious sights or signes in the sunne or moone or commets or strange births or the extraordinary raging of the seas and such like Thirdly publike plagues are both signes of wrath present and withall they giue warning of greater wrath to come if we doe not repent Such are famine warre pestilence and other raging diseases the death of great Princes and the sudden and common death of the best men these all foretell euill to come As wee may know fire so may we know Gods anger Wee know fire either by the report of men worthy to be credited or by the smoake or by the flame beginning to breake out and so may discerne Gods wrath either by the relation of his Ambassadors that are faithfull men or by the smoake of prodigies or wonders in heauen and earth or else by the flame of iudgements already begunne And thus of the signes of Gods publike anger Signes of priuate anger The signes of Gods anger to a particular man are such as these First if a man haue not the markes of a childe of God vpon him for whom God loues and is not angrie with they are marked with peculiar graces as indelibly as they were marked in Ezechiel with the letter Tau d Ezech. 9. Secondly if he finde himselfe directly vnder the threatnings of Gods word Thirdly it there bee no effectuall working of the spirit of grace in the vse of the meanes it is a plaine signe of Gods anger when a man heares the word powerfully preached and reades and prayes without all affection or life and is so constantly For if the Lord were pleased hee would shew himselfe in the vse of the meanes of communion with him Fourthly a man may gather something by his crosses for if he finde a sting in them that God fights against him in them so as they pierce and vex and disquiet his soule with perplexitie but especially if hee finde his heart also closed with hardnesse so as hee doe not call when the Lord bindeth him this is in all likelihood not onely a signe of wrath but that the wrath increaseth e Iob 36.13 this is the rod of indignation Fiftly if a man liue in some sinnes they are manifest signes of wrath as persecution f 1 Thess 2.16 whoredome g Prou. 22.14 hatred of the brethren h 1 Iohn with-holding the truth in vnrighteousnesse i Rom. 1.18 couetousnesse and vncleannesse k Eph. 5.35 and generally all sinnes contained in any of the catalogues against which the Lord denounceth his iudgements in seuerall Scriptures Lastly sometimes Gods anger is felt in the terrors and paine of the conscience the Lord making some men to feele the edge of his axe and fighting against them with his terrors Now wheresoeuer these are felt by a soule that hath not beene truly humbled for sinne they are assured pledges and beginnings of Gods wrath from heauen Hitherto of the greatnesse meanes and signes of Gods anger Hovv publike vvrath is pacified Now of the way to pacifie Gods anger when it is perceiued Gods publike anger is pacified and staied first by the praiers and fastings of the righteous and therefore it is the Prophet
the Image of God by grace and effectuall calling in Iesus Christ that this may bee more fully vnderstood we must know that man is the Image of God either considered more strictly as a superiour or more generally as man As a Superiour man is said to be Gods Image in Scripture two waies chiefly 1. As a husband and so in the familie the Apostle calls him the Image and glory of God Å¿ 1 Cor. 11.7 2. As a Magistrate and so Princes and Rulers are called gods t Psal 82. on earth but neither of these are meant here For this Image of God here mentioned is that likenesse of God which by the spirit of grace is wrought in euery one of the faithfull after their calling Howsoeuer the perfit vnderstanding of Gods Image belongs to God himselfe and to the vision of heauen yet in some measure we may conceiue of it as it is reuealed in the word and imprinted in the nature and obedience of man Two things I principally propound to he here considered more distinctly 1. Wherein man is the Image of God 2. The differences of the Image of God in man either from that which is in Christ and the Angels or as it is to be considered in the seuerall estates of man and then I come to the vse of all For the first man is said to beare the similitude of God or to haue in or vpon him the Image of God in 5. respects First in that in conceiuing of God man begets a kind of Image in his minde For whatsoeuer we thinke of there ariseth in the minde some likenesse of it now if wee conceiue of God amisse then we commit horrible Idolatrie and whatsoeuer seruice is done to the likenesse we so conceiue off is done to an Idoll But now when Christians taught out of the word conceiue of God according to the descriptions of the word that is not after the likenesse of any creature but in a way of apprehending of God in the humane nature of Christ or otherwise according to his nature or properties in some true measure this Idaea or forme of God as I may so call it in the minde of the faithfull is a kinde of the Image of God For to conceiue a likenesse of God is not vnlawfull but to conceiue him to bee like any creature in heauen and earth that is prohibited and vnlawfull Secondly Man is after the Image of God in his substance and therefore we are well enough said to be Gods ofspring * Act. 17.28 Now man is Gods Image both in his soule and in his body The soule is the Image of God as it is spirituall and simple and as it is inuisible and as it is immortal and as it is an vnderstanding essence hauing power to know all sort of things and to will freely And some thinke it is Gods Image as there is in it a purtraiture as it were of the Trinity for as there is in God distinct persons and yet euery person hath the whole essence so there is in the soule distinct faculties and yet euery facultie hath in it the whole soule yea is the whole soule Now that the body also is Gods Image these reasons may proue 1. Man is said to be made after Gods Image in the first creation Man I say not the soule of Man onely 2. Gods Image was in Christs body for he saith hee that seeth me seeth the Father He saith not hee that seeth my soule nor indeed could the soule be seene 3. When the Lord prohibiteth the shedding of mans bloud he yeeldeth this reason for in the Image of God made he man now it is manifest the soule cannot be killed therefore mans body is after Gods Image Now that God hath any body but in three respects 1. As mans body is a little world and so the example of the world which was in God from all eternity is as it were briefly and summarily exprest by God in mans body 2. There is none of our members almost but they are attributed to God in Scripture and so there is a double vse of our members the one that they might serue the offices of the soule and the other that they might be as it were certaine types or resemblances of some of the perfections of God 3. Because the gifts of the minde do cause the body to shine as the candle doth the horne in the lanthorne Thirdly man is after Gods Image in the qualities of the soule such as are wisedome loue zeale patience meeknesse and the rest for in these he resembleth in some manner those glorious and blessed attributes of God 4. Man is after Gods Image in respect of sanctity of actions in that hee is holy as he is holy and in that he resembleth God in his workes as in louing and hating where God loues and hates and in knowing and approuing of things as God approues or knowes of them it is plaine man resembles God in louing and shewing kindnesse to his enemies * Mat. 5. but generally by holinesse of cariage man doth resemble God I meane in the creation did so and by grace the faithfull beginne to do so Lastly man beares the Image of God in his soueraignty of dominion and that both ouer himselfe and as he is Gods vicegerent ouer the liuing creatures and the earth and thus of the first point Now for the differences of Gods Image first that Image of God in man and the Image of God in Christ differs in two things 1. Christ was the substantiall Image of the father as he was God and we are his image but by similitude 2. Christ as man by reason of the personall vnion is filled with almost infinite perfections aboue measure which are in no man else besides Againe it differs from the Image of God in Angels in three respects 1. Because they excell in nature for they are wholy spirituall and in action they performe Gods will with greater glory and power 2. They are free from all humane necessities euer since their creation 3. They enioy the vision of glory in the presence of glory in heauen in a manner peculiar to their place and natures Now for the differences of the image of God in man according to the different estates of man we must know the image of God according to the threefold estate of man is likewise threefold 1. There is the image of nature which Adam had 2. The Image of grace which the Saints now haue And thirdly the Image of glory which the blessed haue in heauen The Image of God in Adam had distinct specialties Adam was a perfect Diuine and a perfect Philosopher euen in an instant he knew the nature of all things in the instant of his creation which now is attained vnto with extreame labour and singular weaknesse 2. He had an immortall nature free from infirmities diseases death 3. Hee should haue propagated an immortall seed after the image of God whereas now grace will not be
presence and commandements Lastly we may here learne how to loue for God loues First those that are holy Secondly those whom he had chosen so it should bee with vs first we should chuse for holinesse and then loue for our choice This may teach the people how to loue their Magistrates and Ministers and so wiues and seruants And contrariwise Thus of the motiues the manner followes Obseru 1 Put on viz. as men doe their garments it is true that these graces for the worth of them are royall and so must be put on as the King doth his crowne or the Prince elected his robes it is also true that for safety these graces are as armour to defend vs against the allurements of the world or the reproches of euill men and so may be put on as the souldier doth his armor Besides these graces are required in vs as the ornaments of a renued estate and so are to be put on as the new baptized was said to put on his new garments But I thinke the metaphor is taken generally from the putting on of rayment Diuers things may be here noted 1. It is apparant that these graces are not naturall the shadowes and pictures of them may be in naturall men And what wicked men can get is but by the restraining spirit or by reason of naturall defect or for ill ends It is certaine a man may be said to be borne Note as well with clothes on his backe as with grace in his heart 2. How should the hearts of many smite them to thinke of it how they Obseru 2 neglect this clothing of their soules with graces They euery day remember to put on apparell on their backes but scarce any day thinke of putting on vertue for their hearts Oh when thou seest thy naked body clothed shouldst thou not remember that thy soule in it selfe more naked then thy body had need of clothing also Oh the iudgement that abides many a man and woman how excessiuely carefull are they to trimme the body and yet are excessiuely carelesse of trimming their soules that haue so many gownes for their backes that they haue neuer a grace for their hearts yea the better sort may be humbled if they search their hearts seriously for either they want diuers parcels of this holy raiment or else they are not well fitted on them they hang so loose many times there is little comelinesse or warmth by their wearing of these graces But let vs all be instructed to remember these graces and by praier and practise to exercise our selues in them and daily to be assaying how we can put them on till by constant vse of all good meanes we can grow spiritually skilfull in wearing of them and expressing the power of them in conuersation as plainely as we shew the garments on our backes resoluing that these vertues will be our best ornaments and that they are best clad that are clothed with these godly graces in their hearts Thus of the manner the enumeration of the graces follow Bowels of mercy From the Coherence I note two things concerning mercy First that it is not naturall we are exhorted to put it on naturally wee are hatefull and hate one another a Esay 11. which should teach vs to obserue and discerne the defects of our hearts herein b Iam. 3.17.19 and by praier to striue with God for the repaire of our natures and in all wrongs from wicked men to bee lesse mooued as resoluing it is naturall with them Tit. 3.3 2. We may note here that mercy is as it were the doore of vertue It stands here in the forefront and leades in and out all the rest it lets in humilitie meeknesse patience c. Now in these words themselues I obserue 3. things 1. That mercy is of more sorts then one therefore he saith mercies More sorts of mercy than one Luk. 6. Math. 25. one mercy will not serue the turne hee that hath true mercy hath many mercies or waies to shew mercy many miseries in mans life needes many sorts of mercy There is mercy corporall and mercy spirituall it is corporall mercy to lend to giue to visit to cloath to feed to protect from violence Corporal and Spirituall mercy hospitality to strangers and the buriall of the dead are also corporall mercies Spirituall mercies are not all of a sort for wee may shew mercy sometimes in things wherein no man can help as by praying vnto God for helpe now in things wherein man can helpe the mercy to be shewed respects either the ignorance or other distresses of other men The mercy to the ignorant is either instruction in the things they should know or councell in the things they should do Now his other distresses arise either from his actions or from his passions his actions are either against thee and so thy mercy is to forgiue or against others and so thy mercy is to admonish or correct Thy mercy towards him in respect of his passions or sufferings is either in words and so it is consolation or in deeds and so it is confirmation What shall I say there is the mercy of the Minister and the mercy of the Magistrate and also the mercy of the priuate man 2. Mercies notes that it is not enough to be mercifull once or seldome but we must be much in the workes of mercy seldome mercy will be no better accepted with God then seldome praier we are bound to watch to the opportunitie of mercy and we shall reape not only according to the matter but according to the measure of mercy b Hosea 10 12. What is bowels of mercy 3. It is not enough to be mercifull but we must put on the bowels of mercies and this hath in it diuers things For it imports 1. That our mercies must be from the heart not in hypocrisie or for a shew it must be true and vnfained mercy 2. That there should be in vs the affections of mercy we should loue mercy and shew it with all cheerefulnesse and zeale c Mich. 6.8 Rom. â—2 8 2 Cor 9.7.15 â— 8.3.4 3. That there should be a Sympathie and fellow-feeling in the distresses of others These bowels were in Christ in Moses and Paul 4. That our mercy should be extended to the highest degree wee can get our hearts to That was imported by the phrase of pouring out our soules to the needy d Isa 58.10 Vse The vse of this doctrine of mercy may be first for instruction to teach vs to make conscience of this holy grace and to be sure we be alwaies clad with it according to the occasions and oportunities of mercy And to this end we should labour to stirre vp our selues by the meditation of the motiues vnto mercy Motiues to mercy such as these God hath commanded it e Zach. 7.6 Hosea 12.10 They are our owne flesh that need our mercy f Esay 58. Our heauenly Father is mercifull yea
of the name of Christ aboue all others are exactly to looke to themselues to euery word and euery deede 1. Because they are neerer the courts of the great King they liue alwaies in the presence chamber 2. Because God hath bestowed vpon them more blessings and therefore as he giues more wages requires more worke 3. Because they are more obserued then any other A loose word is more noted in them then execrable blasphemy in others they are more talked of for seeing a vaine sight then others for haunting of leud playes 4. Because their hearts are made pure by the bloud of Christ and fine white linnen is sooner and deeper stained then course ragges 5. They are trusted with more glorious riches A little sinne in them much grieues Gods spirit whereas a great sinne troubles not a wicked man that hath no spirit of God in him 6. They are sure to haue a recompence of reward for euery good worde and worke and therefore to further their owne reckoning and glorie should bee aboundant in the worke of the Lord. Vse therefore to quicken vs to a desire to walke precisely circumspectly exactly Ephes 5.15 striuing to redeeme the time that hath been lost in the seruice of sinne and the world Giuing thankes to God euen the Father by him These words are diuersly considered Some thinke the former words are an explication of these as if he should say be carefull in all things to glorifie God for this is right thanking of God when men do not only praise God in words but in obedience Some thinke in these words is lodged a reason of the former as if he should say glorfie God in all your actions and seeke to God by praier in the name of Christ and ye shall bee sure of singular blessings and grace and comforts from God and in the assurance thereof when ye prouide to pray or practise prouide thankes ready also for God will not faile in the successe Some thinke these words to be an inlarging of the former rule by wishing them whatsoeuer fals out to be thankefull so as neither prosperitie puffe them vp nor aduersitie deiect them but I take it to be a distinct rule from the former and so heere is to be noted 1. The dutie required viz. Giue thankes 2. The explication of it 1. By the obiect to God euen the Father 2. By the efficient cause by him Giuing thankes Concerning our thankfulnesse to God I consider Why. 1. the necessitie oâ— it God will not dispense with it therefore in Ephes 5.20 the former rule being omitted this is specially vrged and 1 Thess 5.18 this is charged vpon vs as the will of God in Christ Iesus Secondly For vvhat for what wee must giue thankes viz. for Christ as the fountaine of all fauour Eucharist hence the Sacrament ordained to that end for all the comforts of Gods election and loue for all graces and meanes of grace coher for our libertie in Christ euen vnto outward things Å¿ 1 Cor. 10.30 for any successe or victorie ouer our corruptions of nature t Rom. 7 25. in short for all things whatsoeuer u 2 Cor. 4.15 1 Thess 5.18 Hovv 1 Cor. 14.16 3. How viz not like the Pharisie with pride of heart and selfe-liking with opinion of merit or with ostentation but with obseruation of 4. rules 1. If we blesse we must blesse in the spirit i. with vnderstanding and feeling in our hearts 2. When we giue thankes we should doe it with such tendernesse that our praises should awake the graces of Gods spirit to make them get life and grow Our praises should stirre vp faith in Gods promise loue to Gods glory feare of Gods presence hatred of our sinnes ioy in the holy Ghost * 2 Cor. 4.15 3. With a deepe sense of our owne vnworthinesse and thus the 24 Elders are said to cast downe their crownes and fall on their face when they praised God Reu. 4.9 10. and 7.12 Luk. 17.4 By all meanes We must praise God by Psalmes praier celebration of the Sacrament workes of mercy and obedience Hovv long 4. How long That is answered Eph. 5.20 Reuel 7.12 Alwayes If wee must pray alwayes then wee must praise alwayes wee may no more neglect thanksgiuing then praier Nay when praier shall cease because all mortall infirmities and wants shall cease yet thanksgiuing must goe with vs within the vaile and liue with vs for euer in heauen Vse 1. To inflame vs to the holy practise of thankfulnesse daily and alwayes watching hereunto preseruing sense not forgetting Gods mercies euen making it our daily sacrifice 2. To humble vs vnder our vnthankfulnesse for grace knowledge the word fellowship in the Gospell and all kindes of blessings yea wee sinne greatly in not giuing thankes for our successe in our callings yea many are not yet instructed to giue thankes for their food Let those remember that men are said then to eat to God when they giue thanks Rom. 14.6 To whom then doe they eat that giue not thankes Certainly not to the Lord. Finally if the poore Gentiles were so punished for vnthankfulnesse Rom. 1.21 that had but the glimmering light of nature to guide them and read their lessons only in the booke of Gods workes what shall become of vs in the day of the Lord that haue the light of Scripture of the Gospell of the Spirit of the Sacraments and so many incomparable fauours bestowed vpon vs Vnlesse wee repent of our vnthankfulnesse wee shall perish with a worse destruction then Tirus and Sidon or Sodome and Gomorrah To God euen the Father These words are to be vnderstood not diuidendly but conioynedly and so declare who is our God euen he that hath proued himselfe a Father in Christ louing vs in him and accepting of vs and heaping many blessings vpon vs two sweet words He is a God there is his maiestie he is a Father there is his loue and therefore great incouragement to go to him with all suits and praises With all suits he is God and therefore able to help and Father and therefore willing to help With all praises hee is God and therefore meet to be worshipped he is a Father and therefore will accept the calues of our lips nor according to what we bring but according to what we desire to bring and all this should make vs both to hate it to praise men or Angels or sacrifice to our nets and also to honour him with the affection of children and with the feare of creatures By him these words may be referred 1. To singing of Psalmes in the former verse and so they note that all ioy is vaine without Christ yea these spirituall and better sorts of delight are vaine vnlesse Christ be ours How miserable art thou when thy tongue sings Psalms and Christ dwels not in thine heart many men sing the word of Christ that haue no part in the word Christ 2. To the word Father next